gtk2/gtk/gtkiconfactory.c

2705 lines
71 KiB
C
Raw Normal View History

Move more text widget headers into the private header list 2000-09-26 Havoc Pennington <hp@redhat.com> * gtk/Makefile.am (gtk_private_h_sources): Move more text widget headers into the private header list * Makefile.am (pkgconfig_DATA): install pkg-config files * configure.in: add pkg-config files * gdk-2.0.pc.in, gdk-pixbuf.pc.in, gtk+-2.0.pc.in: pkg-config files * gtk/gtkwindow.c (gtk_window_read_rcfiles): Invalidate outstanding icon caches on theme change. * gtk/gtkiconfactory.h, gtk/gtkiconfactory.c: New icon system. Three important types: (GtkIconSource): Specification for creating a pixbuf appropriate for a direction/state/size triplet from a source pixbuf or filename (GtkIconSet): List of GtkIconSource objects that are used to create the "same" icon (e.g. an OK button icon), and cache for rendered icons (GtkIconFactory): Hash from stock ID to GtkIconSet; used to look up the icon set for a given stock ID. GTK maintains a stack of GtkIconFactory to search, and applications or libraries can add additional icon factories on top of the stack * gtk/gtkrc.h, gtk/gtkrc.c: When loading an RcStyle, parse the set of GtkIconSource specified for a given stock ID into a GtkIconSet, and put the GtkIconSet into a GtkIconFactory for the RcStyle, under the specified stock ID. * gtk/gtkstyle.h, gtk/gtkstyle.c: Add a virtual function render_icon used to derive a GdkPixbuf from a GtkIconSource. This allows people to theme how prelight, insensitive, etc. are done. (gtk_style_lookup_icon_set): Look up a stock ID in the list of icon factories for a style, and return the resulting icon set if any. (gtk_style_render_icon): Render an icon using the render_icon method in the GtkStyleClass. * gtk/gtkwidget.h, gtk/gtkwidget.c (gtk_widget_render_icon): Use the style for a given widget to look up a stock ID, get the icon set, and render an icon using the render_icon method of the style * gtk/gtkstock.h, gtk/gtkstock.c: Header with the GtkStockItem type (contains information about a stock item), the built-in stock item IDs, and functions to add/lookup stock items. * gtk/stock-icons/*: Stock icons that come with GTK * gtk/gtkbutton.h, gtk/gtkbutton.c (gtk_button_new_stock): Returns a button based on a GtkStockItem (gtk_button_new_accel): Takes a uline string and accel group, and installs the accelerator. * gtk/gtkimage.h, gtk/gtkimage.c: Make this into a generic image-display widget.
2000-09-26 20:22:17 +00:00
/* GTK - The GIMP Toolkit
* Copyright (C) 2000 Red Hat, Inc.
Move more text widget headers into the private header list 2000-09-26 Havoc Pennington <hp@redhat.com> * gtk/Makefile.am (gtk_private_h_sources): Move more text widget headers into the private header list * Makefile.am (pkgconfig_DATA): install pkg-config files * configure.in: add pkg-config files * gdk-2.0.pc.in, gdk-pixbuf.pc.in, gtk+-2.0.pc.in: pkg-config files * gtk/gtkwindow.c (gtk_window_read_rcfiles): Invalidate outstanding icon caches on theme change. * gtk/gtkiconfactory.h, gtk/gtkiconfactory.c: New icon system. Three important types: (GtkIconSource): Specification for creating a pixbuf appropriate for a direction/state/size triplet from a source pixbuf or filename (GtkIconSet): List of GtkIconSource objects that are used to create the "same" icon (e.g. an OK button icon), and cache for rendered icons (GtkIconFactory): Hash from stock ID to GtkIconSet; used to look up the icon set for a given stock ID. GTK maintains a stack of GtkIconFactory to search, and applications or libraries can add additional icon factories on top of the stack * gtk/gtkrc.h, gtk/gtkrc.c: When loading an RcStyle, parse the set of GtkIconSource specified for a given stock ID into a GtkIconSet, and put the GtkIconSet into a GtkIconFactory for the RcStyle, under the specified stock ID. * gtk/gtkstyle.h, gtk/gtkstyle.c: Add a virtual function render_icon used to derive a GdkPixbuf from a GtkIconSource. This allows people to theme how prelight, insensitive, etc. are done. (gtk_style_lookup_icon_set): Look up a stock ID in the list of icon factories for a style, and return the resulting icon set if any. (gtk_style_render_icon): Render an icon using the render_icon method in the GtkStyleClass. * gtk/gtkwidget.h, gtk/gtkwidget.c (gtk_widget_render_icon): Use the style for a given widget to look up a stock ID, get the icon set, and render an icon using the render_icon method of the style * gtk/gtkstock.h, gtk/gtkstock.c: Header with the GtkStockItem type (contains information about a stock item), the built-in stock item IDs, and functions to add/lookup stock items. * gtk/stock-icons/*: Stock icons that come with GTK * gtk/gtkbutton.h, gtk/gtkbutton.c (gtk_button_new_stock): Returns a button based on a GtkStockItem (gtk_button_new_accel): Takes a uline string and accel group, and installs the accelerator. * gtk/gtkimage.h, gtk/gtkimage.c: Make this into a generic image-display widget.
2000-09-26 20:22:17 +00:00
*
* This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
* modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
* License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
* version 2 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
*
* This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
* but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
* MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
* Lesser General Public License for more details.
*
* You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
* License along with this library; if not, write to the
* Free Software Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330,
* Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.
*/
/*
* Modified by the GTK+ Team and others 1997-2000. See the AUTHORS
* file for a list of people on the GTK+ Team. See the ChangeLog
* files for a list of changes. These files are distributed with
* GTK+ at ftp://ftp.gtk.org/pub/gtk/.
*/
#include <pango/pango-utils.h> /* For pango_scan_* */
Move more text widget headers into the private header list 2000-09-26 Havoc Pennington <hp@redhat.com> * gtk/Makefile.am (gtk_private_h_sources): Move more text widget headers into the private header list * Makefile.am (pkgconfig_DATA): install pkg-config files * configure.in: add pkg-config files * gdk-2.0.pc.in, gdk-pixbuf.pc.in, gtk+-2.0.pc.in: pkg-config files * gtk/gtkwindow.c (gtk_window_read_rcfiles): Invalidate outstanding icon caches on theme change. * gtk/gtkiconfactory.h, gtk/gtkiconfactory.c: New icon system. Three important types: (GtkIconSource): Specification for creating a pixbuf appropriate for a direction/state/size triplet from a source pixbuf or filename (GtkIconSet): List of GtkIconSource objects that are used to create the "same" icon (e.g. an OK button icon), and cache for rendered icons (GtkIconFactory): Hash from stock ID to GtkIconSet; used to look up the icon set for a given stock ID. GTK maintains a stack of GtkIconFactory to search, and applications or libraries can add additional icon factories on top of the stack * gtk/gtkrc.h, gtk/gtkrc.c: When loading an RcStyle, parse the set of GtkIconSource specified for a given stock ID into a GtkIconSet, and put the GtkIconSet into a GtkIconFactory for the RcStyle, under the specified stock ID. * gtk/gtkstyle.h, gtk/gtkstyle.c: Add a virtual function render_icon used to derive a GdkPixbuf from a GtkIconSource. This allows people to theme how prelight, insensitive, etc. are done. (gtk_style_lookup_icon_set): Look up a stock ID in the list of icon factories for a style, and return the resulting icon set if any. (gtk_style_render_icon): Render an icon using the render_icon method in the GtkStyleClass. * gtk/gtkwidget.h, gtk/gtkwidget.c (gtk_widget_render_icon): Use the style for a given widget to look up a stock ID, get the icon set, and render an icon using the render_icon method of the style * gtk/gtkstock.h, gtk/gtkstock.c: Header with the GtkStockItem type (contains information about a stock item), the built-in stock item IDs, and functions to add/lookup stock items. * gtk/stock-icons/*: Stock icons that come with GTK * gtk/gtkbutton.h, gtk/gtkbutton.c (gtk_button_new_stock): Returns a button based on a GtkStockItem (gtk_button_new_accel): Takes a uline string and accel group, and installs the accelerator. * gtk/gtkimage.h, gtk/gtkimage.c: Make this into a generic image-display widget.
2000-09-26 20:22:17 +00:00
#include "gtkiconfactory.h"
#include "stock-icons/gtkstockpixbufs.h"
#include "gtkdebug.h"
#include "gtksettings.h"
Move more text widget headers into the private header list 2000-09-26 Havoc Pennington <hp@redhat.com> * gtk/Makefile.am (gtk_private_h_sources): Move more text widget headers into the private header list * Makefile.am (pkgconfig_DATA): install pkg-config files * configure.in: add pkg-config files * gdk-2.0.pc.in, gdk-pixbuf.pc.in, gtk+-2.0.pc.in: pkg-config files * gtk/gtkwindow.c (gtk_window_read_rcfiles): Invalidate outstanding icon caches on theme change. * gtk/gtkiconfactory.h, gtk/gtkiconfactory.c: New icon system. Three important types: (GtkIconSource): Specification for creating a pixbuf appropriate for a direction/state/size triplet from a source pixbuf or filename (GtkIconSet): List of GtkIconSource objects that are used to create the "same" icon (e.g. an OK button icon), and cache for rendered icons (GtkIconFactory): Hash from stock ID to GtkIconSet; used to look up the icon set for a given stock ID. GTK maintains a stack of GtkIconFactory to search, and applications or libraries can add additional icon factories on top of the stack * gtk/gtkrc.h, gtk/gtkrc.c: When loading an RcStyle, parse the set of GtkIconSource specified for a given stock ID into a GtkIconSet, and put the GtkIconSet into a GtkIconFactory for the RcStyle, under the specified stock ID. * gtk/gtkstyle.h, gtk/gtkstyle.c: Add a virtual function render_icon used to derive a GdkPixbuf from a GtkIconSource. This allows people to theme how prelight, insensitive, etc. are done. (gtk_style_lookup_icon_set): Look up a stock ID in the list of icon factories for a style, and return the resulting icon set if any. (gtk_style_render_icon): Render an icon using the render_icon method in the GtkStyleClass. * gtk/gtkwidget.h, gtk/gtkwidget.c (gtk_widget_render_icon): Use the style for a given widget to look up a stock ID, get the icon set, and render an icon using the render_icon method of the style * gtk/gtkstock.h, gtk/gtkstock.c: Header with the GtkStockItem type (contains information about a stock item), the built-in stock item IDs, and functions to add/lookup stock items. * gtk/stock-icons/*: Stock icons that come with GTK * gtk/gtkbutton.h, gtk/gtkbutton.c (gtk_button_new_stock): Returns a button based on a GtkStockItem (gtk_button_new_accel): Takes a uline string and accel group, and installs the accelerator. * gtk/gtkimage.h, gtk/gtkimage.c: Make this into a generic image-display widget.
2000-09-26 20:22:17 +00:00
#include "gtkstock.h"
Some updates 2000-10-18 Havoc Pennington <hp@redhat.com> * gtk/gtk-sections.txt: Some updates * gdk/gdk-sections.txt: remove GdkPixbufAlphaMode * gdk-pixbuf/gdk-pixbuf-sections.txt: Add new API, remove GdkPixbufClass/GdkAnimationClass since those are private * gdk-pixbuf/Makefile.am (IGNORE_HFILES): ignore more headers 2000-10-18 Havoc Pennington <hp@redhat.com> * gtk/gtktextiter.c (gtk_text_iter_forward_to_newline): Fix a bug where any number of empty lines would get skipped * gtk/gtktextiter.h: Remove padding from GtkTextIter; live on the edge. * gtk/gtktextiter.c (gtk_text_iter_make_surreal): enhance the warning about invalid iterators (explain more thoroughly) (gtk_text_iter_in_region): rename gtk_text_iter_in_range * gtk/gtktextview.c (FOCUS_EDGE_WIDTH): Make focus rectangle less big * demos/*.c: Add error handling * gtk/gtktextbuffer.c: don't modify const iterators * gtk/gdk-pixbuf-loader.c: Add full error handling here * gtk/gtkimage.c (gtk_image_set_from_file): ignore errors on file load * gtk/gtkiconfactory.c: Update to reflect addition of error handling to gdk-pixbuf loaders 2000-10-16 Havoc Pennington <hp@redhat.com> * gdk-pixbuf-io.c (gdk_pixbuf_get_module) (gdk_pixbuf_get_named_module) (gdk_pixbuf_load_module): add error reporting here also * make-inline-pixbuf.c (main): use GError * io-xpm.c: include unistd.h * gdk-pixbuf-util.c: include string.h * io-*.c: add error reporting * gdk-pixbuf-animation.c (gdk_pixbuf_animation_new_from_file): add error reporting * gdk-pixbuf-io.c (gdk_pixbuf_new_from_file): Add error reporting * gdk-pixbuf-io.h: Add GError** to load_increment and load methods * gdk-pixbuf-io.c (gdk_pixbuf_save) (gdk_pixbuf_savev): return a G_FILE_ERROR if we fail to write or close the file. * gdk-pixbuf.h: remove GDK_PIXBUF_ERROR_IO, instead we'll use G_FILE_ERROR_*. Rename enum to GdkPixbufError, properly following the GError naming rules. Add GError** to load functions.
2000-10-18 18:42:54 +00:00
#include "gtkintl.h"
Move more text widget headers into the private header list 2000-09-26 Havoc Pennington <hp@redhat.com> * gtk/Makefile.am (gtk_private_h_sources): Move more text widget headers into the private header list * Makefile.am (pkgconfig_DATA): install pkg-config files * configure.in: add pkg-config files * gdk-2.0.pc.in, gdk-pixbuf.pc.in, gtk+-2.0.pc.in: pkg-config files * gtk/gtkwindow.c (gtk_window_read_rcfiles): Invalidate outstanding icon caches on theme change. * gtk/gtkiconfactory.h, gtk/gtkiconfactory.c: New icon system. Three important types: (GtkIconSource): Specification for creating a pixbuf appropriate for a direction/state/size triplet from a source pixbuf or filename (GtkIconSet): List of GtkIconSource objects that are used to create the "same" icon (e.g. an OK button icon), and cache for rendered icons (GtkIconFactory): Hash from stock ID to GtkIconSet; used to look up the icon set for a given stock ID. GTK maintains a stack of GtkIconFactory to search, and applications or libraries can add additional icon factories on top of the stack * gtk/gtkrc.h, gtk/gtkrc.c: When loading an RcStyle, parse the set of GtkIconSource specified for a given stock ID into a GtkIconSet, and put the GtkIconSet into a GtkIconFactory for the RcStyle, under the specified stock ID. * gtk/gtkstyle.h, gtk/gtkstyle.c: Add a virtual function render_icon used to derive a GdkPixbuf from a GtkIconSource. This allows people to theme how prelight, insensitive, etc. are done. (gtk_style_lookup_icon_set): Look up a stock ID in the list of icon factories for a style, and return the resulting icon set if any. (gtk_style_render_icon): Render an icon using the render_icon method in the GtkStyleClass. * gtk/gtkwidget.h, gtk/gtkwidget.c (gtk_widget_render_icon): Use the style for a given widget to look up a stock ID, get the icon set, and render an icon using the render_icon method of the style * gtk/gtkstock.h, gtk/gtkstock.c: Header with the GtkStockItem type (contains information about a stock item), the built-in stock item IDs, and functions to add/lookup stock items. * gtk/stock-icons/*: Stock icons that come with GTK * gtk/gtkbutton.h, gtk/gtkbutton.c (gtk_button_new_stock): Returns a button based on a GtkStockItem (gtk_button_new_accel): Takes a uline string and accel group, and installs the accelerator. * gtk/gtkimage.h, gtk/gtkimage.c: Make this into a generic image-display widget.
2000-09-26 20:22:17 +00:00
#include <stdlib.h>
#include <errno.h>
#include <string.h>
static GSList *all_icon_factories = NULL;
struct _GtkIconSource
{
/* Either filename or pixbuf can be NULL. If both are non-NULL,
* the pixbuf is assumed to be the already-loaded contents of the
* file.
*/
gchar *filename;
GdkPixbuf *pixbuf;
GtkTextDirection direction;
GtkStateType state;
GtkIconSize size;
/* If TRUE, then the parameter is wildcarded, and the above
* fields should be ignored. If FALSE, the parameter is
* specified, and the above fields should be valid.
*/
guint any_direction : 1;
guint any_state : 1;
guint any_size : 1;
};
Move more text widget headers into the private header list 2000-09-26 Havoc Pennington <hp@redhat.com> * gtk/Makefile.am (gtk_private_h_sources): Move more text widget headers into the private header list * Makefile.am (pkgconfig_DATA): install pkg-config files * configure.in: add pkg-config files * gdk-2.0.pc.in, gdk-pixbuf.pc.in, gtk+-2.0.pc.in: pkg-config files * gtk/gtkwindow.c (gtk_window_read_rcfiles): Invalidate outstanding icon caches on theme change. * gtk/gtkiconfactory.h, gtk/gtkiconfactory.c: New icon system. Three important types: (GtkIconSource): Specification for creating a pixbuf appropriate for a direction/state/size triplet from a source pixbuf or filename (GtkIconSet): List of GtkIconSource objects that are used to create the "same" icon (e.g. an OK button icon), and cache for rendered icons (GtkIconFactory): Hash from stock ID to GtkIconSet; used to look up the icon set for a given stock ID. GTK maintains a stack of GtkIconFactory to search, and applications or libraries can add additional icon factories on top of the stack * gtk/gtkrc.h, gtk/gtkrc.c: When loading an RcStyle, parse the set of GtkIconSource specified for a given stock ID into a GtkIconSet, and put the GtkIconSet into a GtkIconFactory for the RcStyle, under the specified stock ID. * gtk/gtkstyle.h, gtk/gtkstyle.c: Add a virtual function render_icon used to derive a GdkPixbuf from a GtkIconSource. This allows people to theme how prelight, insensitive, etc. are done. (gtk_style_lookup_icon_set): Look up a stock ID in the list of icon factories for a style, and return the resulting icon set if any. (gtk_style_render_icon): Render an icon using the render_icon method in the GtkStyleClass. * gtk/gtkwidget.h, gtk/gtkwidget.c (gtk_widget_render_icon): Use the style for a given widget to look up a stock ID, get the icon set, and render an icon using the render_icon method of the style * gtk/gtkstock.h, gtk/gtkstock.c: Header with the GtkStockItem type (contains information about a stock item), the built-in stock item IDs, and functions to add/lookup stock items. * gtk/stock-icons/*: Stock icons that come with GTK * gtk/gtkbutton.h, gtk/gtkbutton.c (gtk_button_new_stock): Returns a button based on a GtkStockItem (gtk_button_new_accel): Takes a uline string and accel group, and installs the accelerator. * gtk/gtkimage.h, gtk/gtkimage.c: Make this into a generic image-display widget.
2000-09-26 20:22:17 +00:00
static gpointer parent_class = NULL;
static void gtk_icon_factory_init (GtkIconFactory *icon_factory);
static void gtk_icon_factory_class_init (GtkIconFactoryClass *klass);
static void gtk_icon_factory_finalize (GObject *object);
static void get_default_icons (GtkIconFactory *icon_factory);
static GtkIconSize icon_size_register_intern (const gchar *name,
gint width,
gint height);
Move more text widget headers into the private header list 2000-09-26 Havoc Pennington <hp@redhat.com> * gtk/Makefile.am (gtk_private_h_sources): Move more text widget headers into the private header list * Makefile.am (pkgconfig_DATA): install pkg-config files * configure.in: add pkg-config files * gdk-2.0.pc.in, gdk-pixbuf.pc.in, gtk+-2.0.pc.in: pkg-config files * gtk/gtkwindow.c (gtk_window_read_rcfiles): Invalidate outstanding icon caches on theme change. * gtk/gtkiconfactory.h, gtk/gtkiconfactory.c: New icon system. Three important types: (GtkIconSource): Specification for creating a pixbuf appropriate for a direction/state/size triplet from a source pixbuf or filename (GtkIconSet): List of GtkIconSource objects that are used to create the "same" icon (e.g. an OK button icon), and cache for rendered icons (GtkIconFactory): Hash from stock ID to GtkIconSet; used to look up the icon set for a given stock ID. GTK maintains a stack of GtkIconFactory to search, and applications or libraries can add additional icon factories on top of the stack * gtk/gtkrc.h, gtk/gtkrc.c: When loading an RcStyle, parse the set of GtkIconSource specified for a given stock ID into a GtkIconSet, and put the GtkIconSet into a GtkIconFactory for the RcStyle, under the specified stock ID. * gtk/gtkstyle.h, gtk/gtkstyle.c: Add a virtual function render_icon used to derive a GdkPixbuf from a GtkIconSource. This allows people to theme how prelight, insensitive, etc. are done. (gtk_style_lookup_icon_set): Look up a stock ID in the list of icon factories for a style, and return the resulting icon set if any. (gtk_style_render_icon): Render an icon using the render_icon method in the GtkStyleClass. * gtk/gtkwidget.h, gtk/gtkwidget.c (gtk_widget_render_icon): Use the style for a given widget to look up a stock ID, get the icon set, and render an icon using the render_icon method of the style * gtk/gtkstock.h, gtk/gtkstock.c: Header with the GtkStockItem type (contains information about a stock item), the built-in stock item IDs, and functions to add/lookup stock items. * gtk/stock-icons/*: Stock icons that come with GTK * gtk/gtkbutton.h, gtk/gtkbutton.c (gtk_button_new_stock): Returns a button based on a GtkStockItem (gtk_button_new_accel): Takes a uline string and accel group, and installs the accelerator. * gtk/gtkimage.h, gtk/gtkimage.c: Make this into a generic image-display widget.
2000-09-26 20:22:17 +00:00
GType
gtk_icon_factory_get_type (void)
{
static GType object_type = 0;
if (!object_type)
{
static const GTypeInfo object_info =
{
sizeof (GtkIconFactoryClass),
(GBaseInitFunc) NULL,
(GBaseFinalizeFunc) NULL,
(GClassInitFunc) gtk_icon_factory_class_init,
NULL, /* class_finalize */
NULL, /* class_data */
sizeof (GtkIconFactory),
0, /* n_preallocs */
(GInstanceInitFunc) gtk_icon_factory_init,
};
object_type = g_type_register_static (G_TYPE_OBJECT,
"GtkIconFactory",
urg, removed implementation of gtk_marshal_VOID__INT_INT_INT_INT. if Wed Oct 25 20:47:41 2000 Tim Janik <timj@gtk.org> * gtk/gdk-pixbuf-loader.c (gdk_pixbuf_loader_class_init): urg, removed implementation of gtk_marshal_VOID__INT_INT_INT_INT. if people do that, couldn't they at least give it a non-standard name? * gtk/gtktextlayout.c: arg! yet another implementation of gtk_marshal_VOID__INT_INT_INT_INT(), is this a conspiracy? * gtk/gtktextbuffer.c: gotcha! captured a vagabonding gtk_marshal_VOID__INT_POINTER_INT() implementation, braught it back home. now i know this _is_ a conspiracy. * gtk/gtkwidget.c (gtk_widget_class_init): marshaller fixups for ::state-changed. * gtk/gtkaccelgroup.c (gtk_accel_group_create_remove): (gtk_accel_group_create_add): marshaller signature fixups. * gtk/gtklistitem.c (gtk_list_item_class_init): signal creation fixups, pass in GTK_TYPE_SCROLL_TYPE instead of GTK_TYPE_ENUM. * gtk/gtkobject.[hc]: removed GTK_CONNECTED flag, it's not valid anymore. Tue Oct 24 23:59:21 2000 Tim Janik <timj@gtk.org> * docs/reference/Makefile.am: disabled SUBDIRS for the moment, since due to the signal system changes, it wouldn't build currently. to be fixed soon. * docs/Changes-2.0.txt: GtkSignal/GSignal updates. * gtk/gtkwidget.c: ::direction_changed takes an enum as argument, so it needs gtk_marshal_VOID__ENUM() instead of gtk_marshal_NONE__UINT(). * gdk/gdk*.c: adapted type registration functions. * gtk/gtkbindings.c: * gtk/gtkaccelgroup.c: operate on GSignalQuery, GtkSignalQuery is gone. * gtk/gtkenums.h: define GtkSignalRunType in terms of GSignalType. * gtk/gtkobject.c: (gtk_object_destroy): (gtk_object_shutdown): fixed recursion guards. basically we have to catch the case where any of GObject.shutdown() or gtk_object_destroy() is called during ::destroy, and avoid recursion there. * gtk/gtktypeutils.c: * gtk/maketypes.awk: awk-script hackup to provide gtk_type_init() with boxed_copy/boxed_free. this needs a more general solution based on a publically installed code-generator utility. * gtk/gtktypeutils.[hc]: compat aliased GTK_TYPE_BOXED to G_TYPE_BOXED, glib's gobject has support for that now. define GtkSignalMarshaller in terms of GSignalCMarshaller. Mon Oct 23 09:36:42 2000 Tim Janik <timj@gtk.org> * gtk/gtksignal.[hc]: * gtk/gtkmarshal.[hc]: * gtk/Makefile.am: generate marshallers with glib-genmarshal and don't compile gtkmarshal.c on its own anymore, just include it in gtksignal.c. removed #include <gtkmarshal.h>s all over the place, gtksignal.h takes care of that. * *.c: marshaller name fixups. * gtk/gtkmarshal.list: added a comment briefing the format. Sun Oct 22 23:14:39 2000 Tim Janik <timj@gtk.org> * gtk/gtksignal.[hc]: nuked old implementation. we mostly have compatibility macros here now. more specifically, most of the API is preserved (yes, _most_, nonwithstanding the following exceptions listed, the API is stil lHUGE ;) things that got removed completely: GtkSignalQuery, gtk_signal_query(), gtk_signal_n_emissions(), gtk_signal_n_emissions_by_name(), gtk_signal_handlers_destroy(), gtk_signal_set_funcs(), gtk_signal_handler_pending_by_id(), gtk_signal_add_emission_hook(), gtk_signal_add_emission_hook_full(), gtk_signal_remove_emission_hook(). non-functional functions variants: gtk_signal_add_emission_hook(), gtk_signal_remove_emission_hook(). the GtkCallbackMarshal argument to gtk_signal_connect_full() is not supported anymore. (gtk_signal_compat_matched): new internal function to aid implementation of the compatibility macros, it provides functionality to block/unblock/disconnect handlers based on func/data. * gtk/gtkenums.h: define GtkSignalRunType in terms of GSignalType, * *.c: adaptions to new type registration API signatures. Fri Oct 20 15:26:33 2000 Tim Janik <timj@gtk.org> * gtk/gtktypeutils.[hc]: removed G_TYPE_GTK_POINTER cludge.
2000-10-25 22:34:14 +00:00
&object_info, 0);
Move more text widget headers into the private header list 2000-09-26 Havoc Pennington <hp@redhat.com> * gtk/Makefile.am (gtk_private_h_sources): Move more text widget headers into the private header list * Makefile.am (pkgconfig_DATA): install pkg-config files * configure.in: add pkg-config files * gdk-2.0.pc.in, gdk-pixbuf.pc.in, gtk+-2.0.pc.in: pkg-config files * gtk/gtkwindow.c (gtk_window_read_rcfiles): Invalidate outstanding icon caches on theme change. * gtk/gtkiconfactory.h, gtk/gtkiconfactory.c: New icon system. Three important types: (GtkIconSource): Specification for creating a pixbuf appropriate for a direction/state/size triplet from a source pixbuf or filename (GtkIconSet): List of GtkIconSource objects that are used to create the "same" icon (e.g. an OK button icon), and cache for rendered icons (GtkIconFactory): Hash from stock ID to GtkIconSet; used to look up the icon set for a given stock ID. GTK maintains a stack of GtkIconFactory to search, and applications or libraries can add additional icon factories on top of the stack * gtk/gtkrc.h, gtk/gtkrc.c: When loading an RcStyle, parse the set of GtkIconSource specified for a given stock ID into a GtkIconSet, and put the GtkIconSet into a GtkIconFactory for the RcStyle, under the specified stock ID. * gtk/gtkstyle.h, gtk/gtkstyle.c: Add a virtual function render_icon used to derive a GdkPixbuf from a GtkIconSource. This allows people to theme how prelight, insensitive, etc. are done. (gtk_style_lookup_icon_set): Look up a stock ID in the list of icon factories for a style, and return the resulting icon set if any. (gtk_style_render_icon): Render an icon using the render_icon method in the GtkStyleClass. * gtk/gtkwidget.h, gtk/gtkwidget.c (gtk_widget_render_icon): Use the style for a given widget to look up a stock ID, get the icon set, and render an icon using the render_icon method of the style * gtk/gtkstock.h, gtk/gtkstock.c: Header with the GtkStockItem type (contains information about a stock item), the built-in stock item IDs, and functions to add/lookup stock items. * gtk/stock-icons/*: Stock icons that come with GTK * gtk/gtkbutton.h, gtk/gtkbutton.c (gtk_button_new_stock): Returns a button based on a GtkStockItem (gtk_button_new_accel): Takes a uline string and accel group, and installs the accelerator. * gtk/gtkimage.h, gtk/gtkimage.c: Make this into a generic image-display widget.
2000-09-26 20:22:17 +00:00
}
return object_type;
}
static void
gtk_icon_factory_init (GtkIconFactory *factory)
{
factory->icons = g_hash_table_new (g_str_hash, g_str_equal);
all_icon_factories = g_slist_prepend (all_icon_factories, factory);
Move more text widget headers into the private header list 2000-09-26 Havoc Pennington <hp@redhat.com> * gtk/Makefile.am (gtk_private_h_sources): Move more text widget headers into the private header list * Makefile.am (pkgconfig_DATA): install pkg-config files * configure.in: add pkg-config files * gdk-2.0.pc.in, gdk-pixbuf.pc.in, gtk+-2.0.pc.in: pkg-config files * gtk/gtkwindow.c (gtk_window_read_rcfiles): Invalidate outstanding icon caches on theme change. * gtk/gtkiconfactory.h, gtk/gtkiconfactory.c: New icon system. Three important types: (GtkIconSource): Specification for creating a pixbuf appropriate for a direction/state/size triplet from a source pixbuf or filename (GtkIconSet): List of GtkIconSource objects that are used to create the "same" icon (e.g. an OK button icon), and cache for rendered icons (GtkIconFactory): Hash from stock ID to GtkIconSet; used to look up the icon set for a given stock ID. GTK maintains a stack of GtkIconFactory to search, and applications or libraries can add additional icon factories on top of the stack * gtk/gtkrc.h, gtk/gtkrc.c: When loading an RcStyle, parse the set of GtkIconSource specified for a given stock ID into a GtkIconSet, and put the GtkIconSet into a GtkIconFactory for the RcStyle, under the specified stock ID. * gtk/gtkstyle.h, gtk/gtkstyle.c: Add a virtual function render_icon used to derive a GdkPixbuf from a GtkIconSource. This allows people to theme how prelight, insensitive, etc. are done. (gtk_style_lookup_icon_set): Look up a stock ID in the list of icon factories for a style, and return the resulting icon set if any. (gtk_style_render_icon): Render an icon using the render_icon method in the GtkStyleClass. * gtk/gtkwidget.h, gtk/gtkwidget.c (gtk_widget_render_icon): Use the style for a given widget to look up a stock ID, get the icon set, and render an icon using the render_icon method of the style * gtk/gtkstock.h, gtk/gtkstock.c: Header with the GtkStockItem type (contains information about a stock item), the built-in stock item IDs, and functions to add/lookup stock items. * gtk/stock-icons/*: Stock icons that come with GTK * gtk/gtkbutton.h, gtk/gtkbutton.c (gtk_button_new_stock): Returns a button based on a GtkStockItem (gtk_button_new_accel): Takes a uline string and accel group, and installs the accelerator. * gtk/gtkimage.h, gtk/gtkimage.c: Make this into a generic image-display widget.
2000-09-26 20:22:17 +00:00
}
static void
gtk_icon_factory_class_init (GtkIconFactoryClass *klass)
{
GObjectClass *object_class = G_OBJECT_CLASS (klass);
parent_class = g_type_class_peek_parent (klass);
object_class->finalize = gtk_icon_factory_finalize;
}
static void
free_icon_set (gpointer key, gpointer value, gpointer data)
{
g_free (key);
gtk_icon_set_unref (value);
}
static void
gtk_icon_factory_finalize (GObject *object)
{
GtkIconFactory *factory = GTK_ICON_FACTORY (object);
all_icon_factories = g_slist_remove (all_icon_factories, factory);
Move more text widget headers into the private header list 2000-09-26 Havoc Pennington <hp@redhat.com> * gtk/Makefile.am (gtk_private_h_sources): Move more text widget headers into the private header list * Makefile.am (pkgconfig_DATA): install pkg-config files * configure.in: add pkg-config files * gdk-2.0.pc.in, gdk-pixbuf.pc.in, gtk+-2.0.pc.in: pkg-config files * gtk/gtkwindow.c (gtk_window_read_rcfiles): Invalidate outstanding icon caches on theme change. * gtk/gtkiconfactory.h, gtk/gtkiconfactory.c: New icon system. Three important types: (GtkIconSource): Specification for creating a pixbuf appropriate for a direction/state/size triplet from a source pixbuf or filename (GtkIconSet): List of GtkIconSource objects that are used to create the "same" icon (e.g. an OK button icon), and cache for rendered icons (GtkIconFactory): Hash from stock ID to GtkIconSet; used to look up the icon set for a given stock ID. GTK maintains a stack of GtkIconFactory to search, and applications or libraries can add additional icon factories on top of the stack * gtk/gtkrc.h, gtk/gtkrc.c: When loading an RcStyle, parse the set of GtkIconSource specified for a given stock ID into a GtkIconSet, and put the GtkIconSet into a GtkIconFactory for the RcStyle, under the specified stock ID. * gtk/gtkstyle.h, gtk/gtkstyle.c: Add a virtual function render_icon used to derive a GdkPixbuf from a GtkIconSource. This allows people to theme how prelight, insensitive, etc. are done. (gtk_style_lookup_icon_set): Look up a stock ID in the list of icon factories for a style, and return the resulting icon set if any. (gtk_style_render_icon): Render an icon using the render_icon method in the GtkStyleClass. * gtk/gtkwidget.h, gtk/gtkwidget.c (gtk_widget_render_icon): Use the style for a given widget to look up a stock ID, get the icon set, and render an icon using the render_icon method of the style * gtk/gtkstock.h, gtk/gtkstock.c: Header with the GtkStockItem type (contains information about a stock item), the built-in stock item IDs, and functions to add/lookup stock items. * gtk/stock-icons/*: Stock icons that come with GTK * gtk/gtkbutton.h, gtk/gtkbutton.c (gtk_button_new_stock): Returns a button based on a GtkStockItem (gtk_button_new_accel): Takes a uline string and accel group, and installs the accelerator. * gtk/gtkimage.h, gtk/gtkimage.c: Make this into a generic image-display widget.
2000-09-26 20:22:17 +00:00
g_hash_table_foreach (factory->icons, free_icon_set, NULL);
g_hash_table_destroy (factory->icons);
G_OBJECT_CLASS (parent_class)->finalize (object);
}
/**
* gtk_icon_factory_new:
*
* Creates a new #GtkIconFactory. An icon factory manages a collection
* of #GtkIconSet<!-- -->s; a #GtkIconSet manages a set of variants of a
* particular icon (i.e. a #GtkIconSet contains variants for different
* sizes and widget states). Icons in an icon factory are named by a
* stock ID, which is a simple string identifying the icon. Each
* #GtkStyle has a list of #GtkIconFactory<!-- -->s derived from the current
* theme; those icon factories are consulted first when searching for
* an icon. If the theme doesn't set a particular icon, GTK+ looks for
* the icon in a list of default icon factories, maintained by
* gtk_icon_factory_add_default() and
* gtk_icon_factory_remove_default(). Applications with icons should
* add a default icon factory with their icons, which will allow
* themes to override the icons for the application.
*
* Return value: a new #GtkIconFactory
**/
Move more text widget headers into the private header list 2000-09-26 Havoc Pennington <hp@redhat.com> * gtk/Makefile.am (gtk_private_h_sources): Move more text widget headers into the private header list * Makefile.am (pkgconfig_DATA): install pkg-config files * configure.in: add pkg-config files * gdk-2.0.pc.in, gdk-pixbuf.pc.in, gtk+-2.0.pc.in: pkg-config files * gtk/gtkwindow.c (gtk_window_read_rcfiles): Invalidate outstanding icon caches on theme change. * gtk/gtkiconfactory.h, gtk/gtkiconfactory.c: New icon system. Three important types: (GtkIconSource): Specification for creating a pixbuf appropriate for a direction/state/size triplet from a source pixbuf or filename (GtkIconSet): List of GtkIconSource objects that are used to create the "same" icon (e.g. an OK button icon), and cache for rendered icons (GtkIconFactory): Hash from stock ID to GtkIconSet; used to look up the icon set for a given stock ID. GTK maintains a stack of GtkIconFactory to search, and applications or libraries can add additional icon factories on top of the stack * gtk/gtkrc.h, gtk/gtkrc.c: When loading an RcStyle, parse the set of GtkIconSource specified for a given stock ID into a GtkIconSet, and put the GtkIconSet into a GtkIconFactory for the RcStyle, under the specified stock ID. * gtk/gtkstyle.h, gtk/gtkstyle.c: Add a virtual function render_icon used to derive a GdkPixbuf from a GtkIconSource. This allows people to theme how prelight, insensitive, etc. are done. (gtk_style_lookup_icon_set): Look up a stock ID in the list of icon factories for a style, and return the resulting icon set if any. (gtk_style_render_icon): Render an icon using the render_icon method in the GtkStyleClass. * gtk/gtkwidget.h, gtk/gtkwidget.c (gtk_widget_render_icon): Use the style for a given widget to look up a stock ID, get the icon set, and render an icon using the render_icon method of the style * gtk/gtkstock.h, gtk/gtkstock.c: Header with the GtkStockItem type (contains information about a stock item), the built-in stock item IDs, and functions to add/lookup stock items. * gtk/stock-icons/*: Stock icons that come with GTK * gtk/gtkbutton.h, gtk/gtkbutton.c (gtk_button_new_stock): Returns a button based on a GtkStockItem (gtk_button_new_accel): Takes a uline string and accel group, and installs the accelerator. * gtk/gtkimage.h, gtk/gtkimage.c: Make this into a generic image-display widget.
2000-09-26 20:22:17 +00:00
GtkIconFactory*
gtk_icon_factory_new (void)
{
return GTK_ICON_FACTORY (g_object_new (GTK_TYPE_ICON_FACTORY, NULL));
}
/**
* gtk_icon_factory_add:
* @factory: a #GtkIconFactory
* @stock_id: icon name
* @icon_set: icon set
*
* Adds the given @icon_set to the icon factory, under the name
* @stock_id. @stock_id should be namespaced for your application,
* e.g. "myapp-whatever-icon". Normally applications create a
* #GtkIconFactory, then add it to the list of default factories with
* gtk_icon_factory_add_default(). Then they pass the @stock_id to
* widgets such as #GtkImage to display the icon. Themes can provide
* an icon with the same name (such as "myapp-whatever-icon") to
* override your application's default icons. If an icon already
* existed in @factory for @stock_id, it is unreferenced and replaced
* with the new @icon_set.
*
**/
Move more text widget headers into the private header list 2000-09-26 Havoc Pennington <hp@redhat.com> * gtk/Makefile.am (gtk_private_h_sources): Move more text widget headers into the private header list * Makefile.am (pkgconfig_DATA): install pkg-config files * configure.in: add pkg-config files * gdk-2.0.pc.in, gdk-pixbuf.pc.in, gtk+-2.0.pc.in: pkg-config files * gtk/gtkwindow.c (gtk_window_read_rcfiles): Invalidate outstanding icon caches on theme change. * gtk/gtkiconfactory.h, gtk/gtkiconfactory.c: New icon system. Three important types: (GtkIconSource): Specification for creating a pixbuf appropriate for a direction/state/size triplet from a source pixbuf or filename (GtkIconSet): List of GtkIconSource objects that are used to create the "same" icon (e.g. an OK button icon), and cache for rendered icons (GtkIconFactory): Hash from stock ID to GtkIconSet; used to look up the icon set for a given stock ID. GTK maintains a stack of GtkIconFactory to search, and applications or libraries can add additional icon factories on top of the stack * gtk/gtkrc.h, gtk/gtkrc.c: When loading an RcStyle, parse the set of GtkIconSource specified for a given stock ID into a GtkIconSet, and put the GtkIconSet into a GtkIconFactory for the RcStyle, under the specified stock ID. * gtk/gtkstyle.h, gtk/gtkstyle.c: Add a virtual function render_icon used to derive a GdkPixbuf from a GtkIconSource. This allows people to theme how prelight, insensitive, etc. are done. (gtk_style_lookup_icon_set): Look up a stock ID in the list of icon factories for a style, and return the resulting icon set if any. (gtk_style_render_icon): Render an icon using the render_icon method in the GtkStyleClass. * gtk/gtkwidget.h, gtk/gtkwidget.c (gtk_widget_render_icon): Use the style for a given widget to look up a stock ID, get the icon set, and render an icon using the render_icon method of the style * gtk/gtkstock.h, gtk/gtkstock.c: Header with the GtkStockItem type (contains information about a stock item), the built-in stock item IDs, and functions to add/lookup stock items. * gtk/stock-icons/*: Stock icons that come with GTK * gtk/gtkbutton.h, gtk/gtkbutton.c (gtk_button_new_stock): Returns a button based on a GtkStockItem (gtk_button_new_accel): Takes a uline string and accel group, and installs the accelerator. * gtk/gtkimage.h, gtk/gtkimage.c: Make this into a generic image-display widget.
2000-09-26 20:22:17 +00:00
void
gtk_icon_factory_add (GtkIconFactory *factory,
const gchar *stock_id,
GtkIconSet *icon_set)
{
gpointer old_key = NULL;
gpointer old_value = NULL;
g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_ICON_FACTORY (factory));
g_return_if_fail (stock_id != NULL);
g_return_if_fail (icon_set != NULL);
g_hash_table_lookup_extended (factory->icons, stock_id,
&old_key, &old_value);
if (old_value == icon_set)
return;
gtk_icon_set_ref (icon_set);
/* GHashTable key memory management is so fantastically broken. */
if (old_key)
g_hash_table_insert (factory->icons, old_key, icon_set);
else
g_hash_table_insert (factory->icons, g_strdup (stock_id), icon_set);
if (old_value)
gtk_icon_set_unref (old_value);
}
/**
* gtk_icon_factory_lookup:
* @factory: a #GtkIconFactory
* @stock_id: an icon name
*
* Looks up @stock_id in the icon factory, returning an icon set
* if found, otherwise %NULL. For display to the user, you should
* use gtk_style_lookup_icon_set() on the #GtkStyle for the
* widget that will display the icon, instead of using this
* function directly, so that themes are taken into account.
*
* Return value: icon set of @stock_id.
**/
Move more text widget headers into the private header list 2000-09-26 Havoc Pennington <hp@redhat.com> * gtk/Makefile.am (gtk_private_h_sources): Move more text widget headers into the private header list * Makefile.am (pkgconfig_DATA): install pkg-config files * configure.in: add pkg-config files * gdk-2.0.pc.in, gdk-pixbuf.pc.in, gtk+-2.0.pc.in: pkg-config files * gtk/gtkwindow.c (gtk_window_read_rcfiles): Invalidate outstanding icon caches on theme change. * gtk/gtkiconfactory.h, gtk/gtkiconfactory.c: New icon system. Three important types: (GtkIconSource): Specification for creating a pixbuf appropriate for a direction/state/size triplet from a source pixbuf or filename (GtkIconSet): List of GtkIconSource objects that are used to create the "same" icon (e.g. an OK button icon), and cache for rendered icons (GtkIconFactory): Hash from stock ID to GtkIconSet; used to look up the icon set for a given stock ID. GTK maintains a stack of GtkIconFactory to search, and applications or libraries can add additional icon factories on top of the stack * gtk/gtkrc.h, gtk/gtkrc.c: When loading an RcStyle, parse the set of GtkIconSource specified for a given stock ID into a GtkIconSet, and put the GtkIconSet into a GtkIconFactory for the RcStyle, under the specified stock ID. * gtk/gtkstyle.h, gtk/gtkstyle.c: Add a virtual function render_icon used to derive a GdkPixbuf from a GtkIconSource. This allows people to theme how prelight, insensitive, etc. are done. (gtk_style_lookup_icon_set): Look up a stock ID in the list of icon factories for a style, and return the resulting icon set if any. (gtk_style_render_icon): Render an icon using the render_icon method in the GtkStyleClass. * gtk/gtkwidget.h, gtk/gtkwidget.c (gtk_widget_render_icon): Use the style for a given widget to look up a stock ID, get the icon set, and render an icon using the render_icon method of the style * gtk/gtkstock.h, gtk/gtkstock.c: Header with the GtkStockItem type (contains information about a stock item), the built-in stock item IDs, and functions to add/lookup stock items. * gtk/stock-icons/*: Stock icons that come with GTK * gtk/gtkbutton.h, gtk/gtkbutton.c (gtk_button_new_stock): Returns a button based on a GtkStockItem (gtk_button_new_accel): Takes a uline string and accel group, and installs the accelerator. * gtk/gtkimage.h, gtk/gtkimage.c: Make this into a generic image-display widget.
2000-09-26 20:22:17 +00:00
GtkIconSet *
gtk_icon_factory_lookup (GtkIconFactory *factory,
const gchar *stock_id)
{
g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_ICON_FACTORY (factory), NULL);
g_return_val_if_fail (stock_id != NULL, NULL);
return g_hash_table_lookup (factory->icons, stock_id);
}
static GtkIconFactory *gtk_default_icons = NULL;
static GSList *default_factories = NULL;
/**
* gtk_icon_factory_add_default:
* @factory: a #GtkIconFactory
*
* Adds an icon factory to the list of icon factories searched by
* gtk_style_lookup_icon_set(). This means that, for example,
* gtk_image_new_from_stock() will be able to find icons in @factory.
* There will normally be an icon factory added for each library or
* application that comes with icons. The default icon factories
* can be overridden by themes.
*
**/
Move more text widget headers into the private header list 2000-09-26 Havoc Pennington <hp@redhat.com> * gtk/Makefile.am (gtk_private_h_sources): Move more text widget headers into the private header list * Makefile.am (pkgconfig_DATA): install pkg-config files * configure.in: add pkg-config files * gdk-2.0.pc.in, gdk-pixbuf.pc.in, gtk+-2.0.pc.in: pkg-config files * gtk/gtkwindow.c (gtk_window_read_rcfiles): Invalidate outstanding icon caches on theme change. * gtk/gtkiconfactory.h, gtk/gtkiconfactory.c: New icon system. Three important types: (GtkIconSource): Specification for creating a pixbuf appropriate for a direction/state/size triplet from a source pixbuf or filename (GtkIconSet): List of GtkIconSource objects that are used to create the "same" icon (e.g. an OK button icon), and cache for rendered icons (GtkIconFactory): Hash from stock ID to GtkIconSet; used to look up the icon set for a given stock ID. GTK maintains a stack of GtkIconFactory to search, and applications or libraries can add additional icon factories on top of the stack * gtk/gtkrc.h, gtk/gtkrc.c: When loading an RcStyle, parse the set of GtkIconSource specified for a given stock ID into a GtkIconSet, and put the GtkIconSet into a GtkIconFactory for the RcStyle, under the specified stock ID. * gtk/gtkstyle.h, gtk/gtkstyle.c: Add a virtual function render_icon used to derive a GdkPixbuf from a GtkIconSource. This allows people to theme how prelight, insensitive, etc. are done. (gtk_style_lookup_icon_set): Look up a stock ID in the list of icon factories for a style, and return the resulting icon set if any. (gtk_style_render_icon): Render an icon using the render_icon method in the GtkStyleClass. * gtk/gtkwidget.h, gtk/gtkwidget.c (gtk_widget_render_icon): Use the style for a given widget to look up a stock ID, get the icon set, and render an icon using the render_icon method of the style * gtk/gtkstock.h, gtk/gtkstock.c: Header with the GtkStockItem type (contains information about a stock item), the built-in stock item IDs, and functions to add/lookup stock items. * gtk/stock-icons/*: Stock icons that come with GTK * gtk/gtkbutton.h, gtk/gtkbutton.c (gtk_button_new_stock): Returns a button based on a GtkStockItem (gtk_button_new_accel): Takes a uline string and accel group, and installs the accelerator. * gtk/gtkimage.h, gtk/gtkimage.c: Make this into a generic image-display widget.
2000-09-26 20:22:17 +00:00
void
gtk_icon_factory_add_default (GtkIconFactory *factory)
{
g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_ICON_FACTORY (factory));
g_object_ref (G_OBJECT (factory));
default_factories = g_slist_prepend (default_factories, factory);
}
/**
* gtk_icon_factory_remove_default:
* @factory: a #GtkIconFactory previously added with gtk_icon_factory_add_default()
*
* Removes an icon factory from the list of default icon
* factories. Not normally used; you might use it for a library that
* can be unloaded or shut down.
*
**/
Move more text widget headers into the private header list 2000-09-26 Havoc Pennington <hp@redhat.com> * gtk/Makefile.am (gtk_private_h_sources): Move more text widget headers into the private header list * Makefile.am (pkgconfig_DATA): install pkg-config files * configure.in: add pkg-config files * gdk-2.0.pc.in, gdk-pixbuf.pc.in, gtk+-2.0.pc.in: pkg-config files * gtk/gtkwindow.c (gtk_window_read_rcfiles): Invalidate outstanding icon caches on theme change. * gtk/gtkiconfactory.h, gtk/gtkiconfactory.c: New icon system. Three important types: (GtkIconSource): Specification for creating a pixbuf appropriate for a direction/state/size triplet from a source pixbuf or filename (GtkIconSet): List of GtkIconSource objects that are used to create the "same" icon (e.g. an OK button icon), and cache for rendered icons (GtkIconFactory): Hash from stock ID to GtkIconSet; used to look up the icon set for a given stock ID. GTK maintains a stack of GtkIconFactory to search, and applications or libraries can add additional icon factories on top of the stack * gtk/gtkrc.h, gtk/gtkrc.c: When loading an RcStyle, parse the set of GtkIconSource specified for a given stock ID into a GtkIconSet, and put the GtkIconSet into a GtkIconFactory for the RcStyle, under the specified stock ID. * gtk/gtkstyle.h, gtk/gtkstyle.c: Add a virtual function render_icon used to derive a GdkPixbuf from a GtkIconSource. This allows people to theme how prelight, insensitive, etc. are done. (gtk_style_lookup_icon_set): Look up a stock ID in the list of icon factories for a style, and return the resulting icon set if any. (gtk_style_render_icon): Render an icon using the render_icon method in the GtkStyleClass. * gtk/gtkwidget.h, gtk/gtkwidget.c (gtk_widget_render_icon): Use the style for a given widget to look up a stock ID, get the icon set, and render an icon using the render_icon method of the style * gtk/gtkstock.h, gtk/gtkstock.c: Header with the GtkStockItem type (contains information about a stock item), the built-in stock item IDs, and functions to add/lookup stock items. * gtk/stock-icons/*: Stock icons that come with GTK * gtk/gtkbutton.h, gtk/gtkbutton.c (gtk_button_new_stock): Returns a button based on a GtkStockItem (gtk_button_new_accel): Takes a uline string and accel group, and installs the accelerator. * gtk/gtkimage.h, gtk/gtkimage.c: Make this into a generic image-display widget.
2000-09-26 20:22:17 +00:00
void
gtk_icon_factory_remove_default (GtkIconFactory *factory)
{
g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_ICON_FACTORY (factory));
default_factories = g_slist_remove (default_factories, factory);
g_object_unref (G_OBJECT (factory));
}
static void
ensure_default_icons (void)
{
if (gtk_default_icons == NULL)
{
gtk_default_icons = gtk_icon_factory_new ();
get_default_icons (gtk_default_icons);
}
}
/**
* gtk_icon_factory_lookup_default:
* @stock_id: an icon name
*
* Looks for an icon in the list of default icon factories. For
* display to the user, you should use gtk_style_lookup_icon_set() on
* the #GtkStyle for the widget that will display the icon, instead of
* using this function directly, so that themes are taken into
* account.
*
*
* Return value: a #GtkIconSet, or %NULL
**/
Move more text widget headers into the private header list 2000-09-26 Havoc Pennington <hp@redhat.com> * gtk/Makefile.am (gtk_private_h_sources): Move more text widget headers into the private header list * Makefile.am (pkgconfig_DATA): install pkg-config files * configure.in: add pkg-config files * gdk-2.0.pc.in, gdk-pixbuf.pc.in, gtk+-2.0.pc.in: pkg-config files * gtk/gtkwindow.c (gtk_window_read_rcfiles): Invalidate outstanding icon caches on theme change. * gtk/gtkiconfactory.h, gtk/gtkiconfactory.c: New icon system. Three important types: (GtkIconSource): Specification for creating a pixbuf appropriate for a direction/state/size triplet from a source pixbuf or filename (GtkIconSet): List of GtkIconSource objects that are used to create the "same" icon (e.g. an OK button icon), and cache for rendered icons (GtkIconFactory): Hash from stock ID to GtkIconSet; used to look up the icon set for a given stock ID. GTK maintains a stack of GtkIconFactory to search, and applications or libraries can add additional icon factories on top of the stack * gtk/gtkrc.h, gtk/gtkrc.c: When loading an RcStyle, parse the set of GtkIconSource specified for a given stock ID into a GtkIconSet, and put the GtkIconSet into a GtkIconFactory for the RcStyle, under the specified stock ID. * gtk/gtkstyle.h, gtk/gtkstyle.c: Add a virtual function render_icon used to derive a GdkPixbuf from a GtkIconSource. This allows people to theme how prelight, insensitive, etc. are done. (gtk_style_lookup_icon_set): Look up a stock ID in the list of icon factories for a style, and return the resulting icon set if any. (gtk_style_render_icon): Render an icon using the render_icon method in the GtkStyleClass. * gtk/gtkwidget.h, gtk/gtkwidget.c (gtk_widget_render_icon): Use the style for a given widget to look up a stock ID, get the icon set, and render an icon using the render_icon method of the style * gtk/gtkstock.h, gtk/gtkstock.c: Header with the GtkStockItem type (contains information about a stock item), the built-in stock item IDs, and functions to add/lookup stock items. * gtk/stock-icons/*: Stock icons that come with GTK * gtk/gtkbutton.h, gtk/gtkbutton.c (gtk_button_new_stock): Returns a button based on a GtkStockItem (gtk_button_new_accel): Takes a uline string and accel group, and installs the accelerator. * gtk/gtkimage.h, gtk/gtkimage.c: Make this into a generic image-display widget.
2000-09-26 20:22:17 +00:00
GtkIconSet *
gtk_icon_factory_lookup_default (const gchar *stock_id)
{
GSList *tmp_list;
g_return_val_if_fail (stock_id != NULL, NULL);
tmp_list = default_factories;
while (tmp_list != NULL)
{
GtkIconSet *icon_set =
gtk_icon_factory_lookup (GTK_ICON_FACTORY (tmp_list->data),
stock_id);
if (icon_set)
return icon_set;
Handle case where we need to parse the xsetting as if it were an RC file 2001-05-10 Havoc Pennington <hp@redhat.com> * gtk/gtksettings.c (gtk_settings_get_property): Handle case where we need to parse the xsetting as if it were an RC file string. * gtk/gtkcolorsel.c (gtk_color_selection_class_init): load initial value of palette from settings, not from static variable * gdk/x11/gdkevents-x11.c: add color palette, toolbar mode to xsettings translation table * gtk/gtktoolbar.c (gtk_toolbar_new): Remove arguments, because hardcoding the toolbar style conflicts with new customizable toolbar style philosophy (gtk_toolbar_class_init): add settings for default toolbar style; these are used unless the app specifically forces a toolbar style * gtk/gtksettings.c (settings_install_property_parser): only return at the start if we warn and parser == NULL * gtk/gtkcolorsel.c (gtk_color_selection_finalize): disconnect the palette changed handler so we don't notify dead color selections * gtk/gtkstyle.c (gtk_default_draw_shadow): handle xthickness/ythickness of 0 or 1 properly (gtk_default_draw_resize_grip): clear the background behind the resize grips, and align to bottom right if we square the area to be drawn. * gtk/gtkstatusbar.c (gtk_statusbar_init): set horizontal usize on statusbar label to 1, so it doesn't make toplevels resize oddly (gtk_statusbar_size_request): add grip size to request (gtk_statusbar_size_allocate): hack so the hbox still works with the grip size in the request * gtk/gtktoolbar.c (gtk_toolbar_show_all): override to fix bug where showing all on a toplevel makes the toolbar button text appear despite the toolbar mode * gtk/gtkmenubar.c: add internal padding style property * gtk/gtktoolbar.c: Add internal padding style property; add shadow type style property * gtk/gtkmenubar.c (gtk_menu_bar_paint): paint box with widget state; and put Container::border_width outside the frame * gtk/gtktextview.c: don't draw focus rectangle if we're in interior focus mode, we just use blinking cursor
2001-06-04 23:15:51 +00:00
Move more text widget headers into the private header list 2000-09-26 Havoc Pennington <hp@redhat.com> * gtk/Makefile.am (gtk_private_h_sources): Move more text widget headers into the private header list * Makefile.am (pkgconfig_DATA): install pkg-config files * configure.in: add pkg-config files * gdk-2.0.pc.in, gdk-pixbuf.pc.in, gtk+-2.0.pc.in: pkg-config files * gtk/gtkwindow.c (gtk_window_read_rcfiles): Invalidate outstanding icon caches on theme change. * gtk/gtkiconfactory.h, gtk/gtkiconfactory.c: New icon system. Three important types: (GtkIconSource): Specification for creating a pixbuf appropriate for a direction/state/size triplet from a source pixbuf or filename (GtkIconSet): List of GtkIconSource objects that are used to create the "same" icon (e.g. an OK button icon), and cache for rendered icons (GtkIconFactory): Hash from stock ID to GtkIconSet; used to look up the icon set for a given stock ID. GTK maintains a stack of GtkIconFactory to search, and applications or libraries can add additional icon factories on top of the stack * gtk/gtkrc.h, gtk/gtkrc.c: When loading an RcStyle, parse the set of GtkIconSource specified for a given stock ID into a GtkIconSet, and put the GtkIconSet into a GtkIconFactory for the RcStyle, under the specified stock ID. * gtk/gtkstyle.h, gtk/gtkstyle.c: Add a virtual function render_icon used to derive a GdkPixbuf from a GtkIconSource. This allows people to theme how prelight, insensitive, etc. are done. (gtk_style_lookup_icon_set): Look up a stock ID in the list of icon factories for a style, and return the resulting icon set if any. (gtk_style_render_icon): Render an icon using the render_icon method in the GtkStyleClass. * gtk/gtkwidget.h, gtk/gtkwidget.c (gtk_widget_render_icon): Use the style for a given widget to look up a stock ID, get the icon set, and render an icon using the render_icon method of the style * gtk/gtkstock.h, gtk/gtkstock.c: Header with the GtkStockItem type (contains information about a stock item), the built-in stock item IDs, and functions to add/lookup stock items. * gtk/stock-icons/*: Stock icons that come with GTK * gtk/gtkbutton.h, gtk/gtkbutton.c (gtk_button_new_stock): Returns a button based on a GtkStockItem (gtk_button_new_accel): Takes a uline string and accel group, and installs the accelerator. * gtk/gtkimage.h, gtk/gtkimage.c: Make this into a generic image-display widget.
2000-09-26 20:22:17 +00:00
tmp_list = g_slist_next (tmp_list);
}
ensure_default_icons ();
Move more text widget headers into the private header list 2000-09-26 Havoc Pennington <hp@redhat.com> * gtk/Makefile.am (gtk_private_h_sources): Move more text widget headers into the private header list * Makefile.am (pkgconfig_DATA): install pkg-config files * configure.in: add pkg-config files * gdk-2.0.pc.in, gdk-pixbuf.pc.in, gtk+-2.0.pc.in: pkg-config files * gtk/gtkwindow.c (gtk_window_read_rcfiles): Invalidate outstanding icon caches on theme change. * gtk/gtkiconfactory.h, gtk/gtkiconfactory.c: New icon system. Three important types: (GtkIconSource): Specification for creating a pixbuf appropriate for a direction/state/size triplet from a source pixbuf or filename (GtkIconSet): List of GtkIconSource objects that are used to create the "same" icon (e.g. an OK button icon), and cache for rendered icons (GtkIconFactory): Hash from stock ID to GtkIconSet; used to look up the icon set for a given stock ID. GTK maintains a stack of GtkIconFactory to search, and applications or libraries can add additional icon factories on top of the stack * gtk/gtkrc.h, gtk/gtkrc.c: When loading an RcStyle, parse the set of GtkIconSource specified for a given stock ID into a GtkIconSet, and put the GtkIconSet into a GtkIconFactory for the RcStyle, under the specified stock ID. * gtk/gtkstyle.h, gtk/gtkstyle.c: Add a virtual function render_icon used to derive a GdkPixbuf from a GtkIconSource. This allows people to theme how prelight, insensitive, etc. are done. (gtk_style_lookup_icon_set): Look up a stock ID in the list of icon factories for a style, and return the resulting icon set if any. (gtk_style_render_icon): Render an icon using the render_icon method in the GtkStyleClass. * gtk/gtkwidget.h, gtk/gtkwidget.c (gtk_widget_render_icon): Use the style for a given widget to look up a stock ID, get the icon set, and render an icon using the render_icon method of the style * gtk/gtkstock.h, gtk/gtkstock.c: Header with the GtkStockItem type (contains information about a stock item), the built-in stock item IDs, and functions to add/lookup stock items. * gtk/stock-icons/*: Stock icons that come with GTK * gtk/gtkbutton.h, gtk/gtkbutton.c (gtk_button_new_stock): Returns a button based on a GtkStockItem (gtk_button_new_accel): Takes a uline string and accel group, and installs the accelerator. * gtk/gtkimage.h, gtk/gtkimage.c: Make this into a generic image-display widget.
2000-09-26 20:22:17 +00:00
return gtk_icon_factory_lookup (gtk_default_icons, stock_id);
}
#if 0
Move more text widget headers into the private header list 2000-09-26 Havoc Pennington <hp@redhat.com> * gtk/Makefile.am (gtk_private_h_sources): Move more text widget headers into the private header list * Makefile.am (pkgconfig_DATA): install pkg-config files * configure.in: add pkg-config files * gdk-2.0.pc.in, gdk-pixbuf.pc.in, gtk+-2.0.pc.in: pkg-config files * gtk/gtkwindow.c (gtk_window_read_rcfiles): Invalidate outstanding icon caches on theme change. * gtk/gtkiconfactory.h, gtk/gtkiconfactory.c: New icon system. Three important types: (GtkIconSource): Specification for creating a pixbuf appropriate for a direction/state/size triplet from a source pixbuf or filename (GtkIconSet): List of GtkIconSource objects that are used to create the "same" icon (e.g. an OK button icon), and cache for rendered icons (GtkIconFactory): Hash from stock ID to GtkIconSet; used to look up the icon set for a given stock ID. GTK maintains a stack of GtkIconFactory to search, and applications or libraries can add additional icon factories on top of the stack * gtk/gtkrc.h, gtk/gtkrc.c: When loading an RcStyle, parse the set of GtkIconSource specified for a given stock ID into a GtkIconSet, and put the GtkIconSet into a GtkIconFactory for the RcStyle, under the specified stock ID. * gtk/gtkstyle.h, gtk/gtkstyle.c: Add a virtual function render_icon used to derive a GdkPixbuf from a GtkIconSource. This allows people to theme how prelight, insensitive, etc. are done. (gtk_style_lookup_icon_set): Look up a stock ID in the list of icon factories for a style, and return the resulting icon set if any. (gtk_style_render_icon): Render an icon using the render_icon method in the GtkStyleClass. * gtk/gtkwidget.h, gtk/gtkwidget.c (gtk_widget_render_icon): Use the style for a given widget to look up a stock ID, get the icon set, and render an icon using the render_icon method of the style * gtk/gtkstock.h, gtk/gtkstock.c: Header with the GtkStockItem type (contains information about a stock item), the built-in stock item IDs, and functions to add/lookup stock items. * gtk/stock-icons/*: Stock icons that come with GTK * gtk/gtkbutton.h, gtk/gtkbutton.c (gtk_button_new_stock): Returns a button based on a GtkStockItem (gtk_button_new_accel): Takes a uline string and accel group, and installs the accelerator. * gtk/gtkimage.h, gtk/gtkimage.c: Make this into a generic image-display widget.
2000-09-26 20:22:17 +00:00
static GtkIconSet *
sized_icon_set_from_inline (const guchar *inline_data,
GtkIconSize size)
Move more text widget headers into the private header list 2000-09-26 Havoc Pennington <hp@redhat.com> * gtk/Makefile.am (gtk_private_h_sources): Move more text widget headers into the private header list * Makefile.am (pkgconfig_DATA): install pkg-config files * configure.in: add pkg-config files * gdk-2.0.pc.in, gdk-pixbuf.pc.in, gtk+-2.0.pc.in: pkg-config files * gtk/gtkwindow.c (gtk_window_read_rcfiles): Invalidate outstanding icon caches on theme change. * gtk/gtkiconfactory.h, gtk/gtkiconfactory.c: New icon system. Three important types: (GtkIconSource): Specification for creating a pixbuf appropriate for a direction/state/size triplet from a source pixbuf or filename (GtkIconSet): List of GtkIconSource objects that are used to create the "same" icon (e.g. an OK button icon), and cache for rendered icons (GtkIconFactory): Hash from stock ID to GtkIconSet; used to look up the icon set for a given stock ID. GTK maintains a stack of GtkIconFactory to search, and applications or libraries can add additional icon factories on top of the stack * gtk/gtkrc.h, gtk/gtkrc.c: When loading an RcStyle, parse the set of GtkIconSource specified for a given stock ID into a GtkIconSet, and put the GtkIconSet into a GtkIconFactory for the RcStyle, under the specified stock ID. * gtk/gtkstyle.h, gtk/gtkstyle.c: Add a virtual function render_icon used to derive a GdkPixbuf from a GtkIconSource. This allows people to theme how prelight, insensitive, etc. are done. (gtk_style_lookup_icon_set): Look up a stock ID in the list of icon factories for a style, and return the resulting icon set if any. (gtk_style_render_icon): Render an icon using the render_icon method in the GtkStyleClass. * gtk/gtkwidget.h, gtk/gtkwidget.c (gtk_widget_render_icon): Use the style for a given widget to look up a stock ID, get the icon set, and render an icon using the render_icon method of the style * gtk/gtkstock.h, gtk/gtkstock.c: Header with the GtkStockItem type (contains information about a stock item), the built-in stock item IDs, and functions to add/lookup stock items. * gtk/stock-icons/*: Stock icons that come with GTK * gtk/gtkbutton.h, gtk/gtkbutton.c (gtk_button_new_stock): Returns a button based on a GtkStockItem (gtk_button_new_accel): Takes a uline string and accel group, and installs the accelerator. * gtk/gtkimage.h, gtk/gtkimage.c: Make this into a generic image-display widget.
2000-09-26 20:22:17 +00:00
{
GtkIconSet *set;
GtkIconSource source = { NULL, NULL, 0, 0, 0,
Move more text widget headers into the private header list 2000-09-26 Havoc Pennington <hp@redhat.com> * gtk/Makefile.am (gtk_private_h_sources): Move more text widget headers into the private header list * Makefile.am (pkgconfig_DATA): install pkg-config files * configure.in: add pkg-config files * gdk-2.0.pc.in, gdk-pixbuf.pc.in, gtk+-2.0.pc.in: pkg-config files * gtk/gtkwindow.c (gtk_window_read_rcfiles): Invalidate outstanding icon caches on theme change. * gtk/gtkiconfactory.h, gtk/gtkiconfactory.c: New icon system. Three important types: (GtkIconSource): Specification for creating a pixbuf appropriate for a direction/state/size triplet from a source pixbuf or filename (GtkIconSet): List of GtkIconSource objects that are used to create the "same" icon (e.g. an OK button icon), and cache for rendered icons (GtkIconFactory): Hash from stock ID to GtkIconSet; used to look up the icon set for a given stock ID. GTK maintains a stack of GtkIconFactory to search, and applications or libraries can add additional icon factories on top of the stack * gtk/gtkrc.h, gtk/gtkrc.c: When loading an RcStyle, parse the set of GtkIconSource specified for a given stock ID into a GtkIconSet, and put the GtkIconSet into a GtkIconFactory for the RcStyle, under the specified stock ID. * gtk/gtkstyle.h, gtk/gtkstyle.c: Add a virtual function render_icon used to derive a GdkPixbuf from a GtkIconSource. This allows people to theme how prelight, insensitive, etc. are done. (gtk_style_lookup_icon_set): Look up a stock ID in the list of icon factories for a style, and return the resulting icon set if any. (gtk_style_render_icon): Render an icon using the render_icon method in the GtkStyleClass. * gtk/gtkwidget.h, gtk/gtkwidget.c (gtk_widget_render_icon): Use the style for a given widget to look up a stock ID, get the icon set, and render an icon using the render_icon method of the style * gtk/gtkstock.h, gtk/gtkstock.c: Header with the GtkStockItem type (contains information about a stock item), the built-in stock item IDs, and functions to add/lookup stock items. * gtk/stock-icons/*: Stock icons that come with GTK * gtk/gtkbutton.h, gtk/gtkbutton.c (gtk_button_new_stock): Returns a button based on a GtkStockItem (gtk_button_new_accel): Takes a uline string and accel group, and installs the accelerator. * gtk/gtkimage.h, gtk/gtkimage.c: Make this into a generic image-display widget.
2000-09-26 20:22:17 +00:00
TRUE, TRUE, FALSE };
source.size = size;
Move more text widget headers into the private header list 2000-09-26 Havoc Pennington <hp@redhat.com> * gtk/Makefile.am (gtk_private_h_sources): Move more text widget headers into the private header list * Makefile.am (pkgconfig_DATA): install pkg-config files * configure.in: add pkg-config files * gdk-2.0.pc.in, gdk-pixbuf.pc.in, gtk+-2.0.pc.in: pkg-config files * gtk/gtkwindow.c (gtk_window_read_rcfiles): Invalidate outstanding icon caches on theme change. * gtk/gtkiconfactory.h, gtk/gtkiconfactory.c: New icon system. Three important types: (GtkIconSource): Specification for creating a pixbuf appropriate for a direction/state/size triplet from a source pixbuf or filename (GtkIconSet): List of GtkIconSource objects that are used to create the "same" icon (e.g. an OK button icon), and cache for rendered icons (GtkIconFactory): Hash from stock ID to GtkIconSet; used to look up the icon set for a given stock ID. GTK maintains a stack of GtkIconFactory to search, and applications or libraries can add additional icon factories on top of the stack * gtk/gtkrc.h, gtk/gtkrc.c: When loading an RcStyle, parse the set of GtkIconSource specified for a given stock ID into a GtkIconSet, and put the GtkIconSet into a GtkIconFactory for the RcStyle, under the specified stock ID. * gtk/gtkstyle.h, gtk/gtkstyle.c: Add a virtual function render_icon used to derive a GdkPixbuf from a GtkIconSource. This allows people to theme how prelight, insensitive, etc. are done. (gtk_style_lookup_icon_set): Look up a stock ID in the list of icon factories for a style, and return the resulting icon set if any. (gtk_style_render_icon): Render an icon using the render_icon method in the GtkStyleClass. * gtk/gtkwidget.h, gtk/gtkwidget.c (gtk_widget_render_icon): Use the style for a given widget to look up a stock ID, get the icon set, and render an icon using the render_icon method of the style * gtk/gtkstock.h, gtk/gtkstock.c: Header with the GtkStockItem type (contains information about a stock item), the built-in stock item IDs, and functions to add/lookup stock items. * gtk/stock-icons/*: Stock icons that come with GTK * gtk/gtkbutton.h, gtk/gtkbutton.c (gtk_button_new_stock): Returns a button based on a GtkStockItem (gtk_button_new_accel): Takes a uline string and accel group, and installs the accelerator. * gtk/gtkimage.h, gtk/gtkimage.c: Make this into a generic image-display widget.
2000-09-26 20:22:17 +00:00
set = gtk_icon_set_new ();
source.pixbuf = gdk_pixbuf_new_from_inline (-1, inline_data, FALSE, NULL);
Move more text widget headers into the private header list 2000-09-26 Havoc Pennington <hp@redhat.com> * gtk/Makefile.am (gtk_private_h_sources): Move more text widget headers into the private header list * Makefile.am (pkgconfig_DATA): install pkg-config files * configure.in: add pkg-config files * gdk-2.0.pc.in, gdk-pixbuf.pc.in, gtk+-2.0.pc.in: pkg-config files * gtk/gtkwindow.c (gtk_window_read_rcfiles): Invalidate outstanding icon caches on theme change. * gtk/gtkiconfactory.h, gtk/gtkiconfactory.c: New icon system. Three important types: (GtkIconSource): Specification for creating a pixbuf appropriate for a direction/state/size triplet from a source pixbuf or filename (GtkIconSet): List of GtkIconSource objects that are used to create the "same" icon (e.g. an OK button icon), and cache for rendered icons (GtkIconFactory): Hash from stock ID to GtkIconSet; used to look up the icon set for a given stock ID. GTK maintains a stack of GtkIconFactory to search, and applications or libraries can add additional icon factories on top of the stack * gtk/gtkrc.h, gtk/gtkrc.c: When loading an RcStyle, parse the set of GtkIconSource specified for a given stock ID into a GtkIconSet, and put the GtkIconSet into a GtkIconFactory for the RcStyle, under the specified stock ID. * gtk/gtkstyle.h, gtk/gtkstyle.c: Add a virtual function render_icon used to derive a GdkPixbuf from a GtkIconSource. This allows people to theme how prelight, insensitive, etc. are done. (gtk_style_lookup_icon_set): Look up a stock ID in the list of icon factories for a style, and return the resulting icon set if any. (gtk_style_render_icon): Render an icon using the render_icon method in the GtkStyleClass. * gtk/gtkwidget.h, gtk/gtkwidget.c (gtk_widget_render_icon): Use the style for a given widget to look up a stock ID, get the icon set, and render an icon using the render_icon method of the style * gtk/gtkstock.h, gtk/gtkstock.c: Header with the GtkStockItem type (contains information about a stock item), the built-in stock item IDs, and functions to add/lookup stock items. * gtk/stock-icons/*: Stock icons that come with GTK * gtk/gtkbutton.h, gtk/gtkbutton.c (gtk_button_new_stock): Returns a button based on a GtkStockItem (gtk_button_new_accel): Takes a uline string and accel group, and installs the accelerator. * gtk/gtkimage.h, gtk/gtkimage.c: Make this into a generic image-display widget.
2000-09-26 20:22:17 +00:00
g_assert (source.pixbuf);
gtk_icon_set_add_source (set, &source);
g_object_unref (G_OBJECT (source.pixbuf));
return set;
}
#endif
static GtkIconSet *
sized_with_fallback_icon_set_from_inline (const guchar *fallback_data,
const guchar *inline_data,
GtkIconSize size)
{
GtkIconSet *set;
GtkIconSource source = { NULL, NULL, 0, 0, 0,
TRUE, TRUE, FALSE };
source.size = size;
set = gtk_icon_set_new ();
source.pixbuf = gdk_pixbuf_new_from_inline (-1, inline_data, FALSE, NULL);
g_assert (source.pixbuf);
gtk_icon_set_add_source (set, &source);
g_object_unref (G_OBJECT (source.pixbuf));
source.any_size = TRUE;
source.pixbuf = gdk_pixbuf_new_from_inline (-1, fallback_data, FALSE, NULL);
g_assert (source.pixbuf);
gtk_icon_set_add_source (set, &source);
g_object_unref (G_OBJECT (source.pixbuf));
return set;
}
Move more text widget headers into the private header list 2000-09-26 Havoc Pennington <hp@redhat.com> * gtk/Makefile.am (gtk_private_h_sources): Move more text widget headers into the private header list * Makefile.am (pkgconfig_DATA): install pkg-config files * configure.in: add pkg-config files * gdk-2.0.pc.in, gdk-pixbuf.pc.in, gtk+-2.0.pc.in: pkg-config files * gtk/gtkwindow.c (gtk_window_read_rcfiles): Invalidate outstanding icon caches on theme change. * gtk/gtkiconfactory.h, gtk/gtkiconfactory.c: New icon system. Three important types: (GtkIconSource): Specification for creating a pixbuf appropriate for a direction/state/size triplet from a source pixbuf or filename (GtkIconSet): List of GtkIconSource objects that are used to create the "same" icon (e.g. an OK button icon), and cache for rendered icons (GtkIconFactory): Hash from stock ID to GtkIconSet; used to look up the icon set for a given stock ID. GTK maintains a stack of GtkIconFactory to search, and applications or libraries can add additional icon factories on top of the stack * gtk/gtkrc.h, gtk/gtkrc.c: When loading an RcStyle, parse the set of GtkIconSource specified for a given stock ID into a GtkIconSet, and put the GtkIconSet into a GtkIconFactory for the RcStyle, under the specified stock ID. * gtk/gtkstyle.h, gtk/gtkstyle.c: Add a virtual function render_icon used to derive a GdkPixbuf from a GtkIconSource. This allows people to theme how prelight, insensitive, etc. are done. (gtk_style_lookup_icon_set): Look up a stock ID in the list of icon factories for a style, and return the resulting icon set if any. (gtk_style_render_icon): Render an icon using the render_icon method in the GtkStyleClass. * gtk/gtkwidget.h, gtk/gtkwidget.c (gtk_widget_render_icon): Use the style for a given widget to look up a stock ID, get the icon set, and render an icon using the render_icon method of the style * gtk/gtkstock.h, gtk/gtkstock.c: Header with the GtkStockItem type (contains information about a stock item), the built-in stock item IDs, and functions to add/lookup stock items. * gtk/stock-icons/*: Stock icons that come with GTK * gtk/gtkbutton.h, gtk/gtkbutton.c (gtk_button_new_stock): Returns a button based on a GtkStockItem (gtk_button_new_accel): Takes a uline string and accel group, and installs the accelerator. * gtk/gtkimage.h, gtk/gtkimage.c: Make this into a generic image-display widget.
2000-09-26 20:22:17 +00:00
static GtkIconSet *
unsized_icon_set_from_inline (const guchar *inline_data)
{
GtkIconSet *set;
/* This icon can be used for any direction/state/size */
GtkIconSource source = { NULL, NULL, 0, 0, 0,
TRUE, TRUE, TRUE };
set = gtk_icon_set_new ();
source.pixbuf = gdk_pixbuf_new_from_inline (-1, inline_data, FALSE, NULL);
Move more text widget headers into the private header list 2000-09-26 Havoc Pennington <hp@redhat.com> * gtk/Makefile.am (gtk_private_h_sources): Move more text widget headers into the private header list * Makefile.am (pkgconfig_DATA): install pkg-config files * configure.in: add pkg-config files * gdk-2.0.pc.in, gdk-pixbuf.pc.in, gtk+-2.0.pc.in: pkg-config files * gtk/gtkwindow.c (gtk_window_read_rcfiles): Invalidate outstanding icon caches on theme change. * gtk/gtkiconfactory.h, gtk/gtkiconfactory.c: New icon system. Three important types: (GtkIconSource): Specification for creating a pixbuf appropriate for a direction/state/size triplet from a source pixbuf or filename (GtkIconSet): List of GtkIconSource objects that are used to create the "same" icon (e.g. an OK button icon), and cache for rendered icons (GtkIconFactory): Hash from stock ID to GtkIconSet; used to look up the icon set for a given stock ID. GTK maintains a stack of GtkIconFactory to search, and applications or libraries can add additional icon factories on top of the stack * gtk/gtkrc.h, gtk/gtkrc.c: When loading an RcStyle, parse the set of GtkIconSource specified for a given stock ID into a GtkIconSet, and put the GtkIconSet into a GtkIconFactory for the RcStyle, under the specified stock ID. * gtk/gtkstyle.h, gtk/gtkstyle.c: Add a virtual function render_icon used to derive a GdkPixbuf from a GtkIconSource. This allows people to theme how prelight, insensitive, etc. are done. (gtk_style_lookup_icon_set): Look up a stock ID in the list of icon factories for a style, and return the resulting icon set if any. (gtk_style_render_icon): Render an icon using the render_icon method in the GtkStyleClass. * gtk/gtkwidget.h, gtk/gtkwidget.c (gtk_widget_render_icon): Use the style for a given widget to look up a stock ID, get the icon set, and render an icon using the render_icon method of the style * gtk/gtkstock.h, gtk/gtkstock.c: Header with the GtkStockItem type (contains information about a stock item), the built-in stock item IDs, and functions to add/lookup stock items. * gtk/stock-icons/*: Stock icons that come with GTK * gtk/gtkbutton.h, gtk/gtkbutton.c (gtk_button_new_stock): Returns a button based on a GtkStockItem (gtk_button_new_accel): Takes a uline string and accel group, and installs the accelerator. * gtk/gtkimage.h, gtk/gtkimage.c: Make this into a generic image-display widget.
2000-09-26 20:22:17 +00:00
g_assert (source.pixbuf);
gtk_icon_set_add_source (set, &source);
g_object_unref (G_OBJECT (source.pixbuf));
return set;
}
#if 0
Move more text widget headers into the private header list 2000-09-26 Havoc Pennington <hp@redhat.com> * gtk/Makefile.am (gtk_private_h_sources): Move more text widget headers into the private header list * Makefile.am (pkgconfig_DATA): install pkg-config files * configure.in: add pkg-config files * gdk-2.0.pc.in, gdk-pixbuf.pc.in, gtk+-2.0.pc.in: pkg-config files * gtk/gtkwindow.c (gtk_window_read_rcfiles): Invalidate outstanding icon caches on theme change. * gtk/gtkiconfactory.h, gtk/gtkiconfactory.c: New icon system. Three important types: (GtkIconSource): Specification for creating a pixbuf appropriate for a direction/state/size triplet from a source pixbuf or filename (GtkIconSet): List of GtkIconSource objects that are used to create the "same" icon (e.g. an OK button icon), and cache for rendered icons (GtkIconFactory): Hash from stock ID to GtkIconSet; used to look up the icon set for a given stock ID. GTK maintains a stack of GtkIconFactory to search, and applications or libraries can add additional icon factories on top of the stack * gtk/gtkrc.h, gtk/gtkrc.c: When loading an RcStyle, parse the set of GtkIconSource specified for a given stock ID into a GtkIconSet, and put the GtkIconSet into a GtkIconFactory for the RcStyle, under the specified stock ID. * gtk/gtkstyle.h, gtk/gtkstyle.c: Add a virtual function render_icon used to derive a GdkPixbuf from a GtkIconSource. This allows people to theme how prelight, insensitive, etc. are done. (gtk_style_lookup_icon_set): Look up a stock ID in the list of icon factories for a style, and return the resulting icon set if any. (gtk_style_render_icon): Render an icon using the render_icon method in the GtkStyleClass. * gtk/gtkwidget.h, gtk/gtkwidget.c (gtk_widget_render_icon): Use the style for a given widget to look up a stock ID, get the icon set, and render an icon using the render_icon method of the style * gtk/gtkstock.h, gtk/gtkstock.c: Header with the GtkStockItem type (contains information about a stock item), the built-in stock item IDs, and functions to add/lookup stock items. * gtk/stock-icons/*: Stock icons that come with GTK * gtk/gtkbutton.h, gtk/gtkbutton.c (gtk_button_new_stock): Returns a button based on a GtkStockItem (gtk_button_new_accel): Takes a uline string and accel group, and installs the accelerator. * gtk/gtkimage.h, gtk/gtkimage.c: Make this into a generic image-display widget.
2000-09-26 20:22:17 +00:00
static void
add_sized (GtkIconFactory *factory,
const guchar *inline_data,
GtkIconSize size,
Move more text widget headers into the private header list 2000-09-26 Havoc Pennington <hp@redhat.com> * gtk/Makefile.am (gtk_private_h_sources): Move more text widget headers into the private header list * Makefile.am (pkgconfig_DATA): install pkg-config files * configure.in: add pkg-config files * gdk-2.0.pc.in, gdk-pixbuf.pc.in, gtk+-2.0.pc.in: pkg-config files * gtk/gtkwindow.c (gtk_window_read_rcfiles): Invalidate outstanding icon caches on theme change. * gtk/gtkiconfactory.h, gtk/gtkiconfactory.c: New icon system. Three important types: (GtkIconSource): Specification for creating a pixbuf appropriate for a direction/state/size triplet from a source pixbuf or filename (GtkIconSet): List of GtkIconSource objects that are used to create the "same" icon (e.g. an OK button icon), and cache for rendered icons (GtkIconFactory): Hash from stock ID to GtkIconSet; used to look up the icon set for a given stock ID. GTK maintains a stack of GtkIconFactory to search, and applications or libraries can add additional icon factories on top of the stack * gtk/gtkrc.h, gtk/gtkrc.c: When loading an RcStyle, parse the set of GtkIconSource specified for a given stock ID into a GtkIconSet, and put the GtkIconSet into a GtkIconFactory for the RcStyle, under the specified stock ID. * gtk/gtkstyle.h, gtk/gtkstyle.c: Add a virtual function render_icon used to derive a GdkPixbuf from a GtkIconSource. This allows people to theme how prelight, insensitive, etc. are done. (gtk_style_lookup_icon_set): Look up a stock ID in the list of icon factories for a style, and return the resulting icon set if any. (gtk_style_render_icon): Render an icon using the render_icon method in the GtkStyleClass. * gtk/gtkwidget.h, gtk/gtkwidget.c (gtk_widget_render_icon): Use the style for a given widget to look up a stock ID, get the icon set, and render an icon using the render_icon method of the style * gtk/gtkstock.h, gtk/gtkstock.c: Header with the GtkStockItem type (contains information about a stock item), the built-in stock item IDs, and functions to add/lookup stock items. * gtk/stock-icons/*: Stock icons that come with GTK * gtk/gtkbutton.h, gtk/gtkbutton.c (gtk_button_new_stock): Returns a button based on a GtkStockItem (gtk_button_new_accel): Takes a uline string and accel group, and installs the accelerator. * gtk/gtkimage.h, gtk/gtkimage.c: Make this into a generic image-display widget.
2000-09-26 20:22:17 +00:00
const gchar *stock_id)
{
GtkIconSet *set;
set = sized_icon_set_from_inline (inline_data, size);
gtk_icon_factory_add (factory, stock_id, set);
gtk_icon_set_unref (set);
}
#endif
Move more text widget headers into the private header list 2000-09-26 Havoc Pennington <hp@redhat.com> * gtk/Makefile.am (gtk_private_h_sources): Move more text widget headers into the private header list * Makefile.am (pkgconfig_DATA): install pkg-config files * configure.in: add pkg-config files * gdk-2.0.pc.in, gdk-pixbuf.pc.in, gtk+-2.0.pc.in: pkg-config files * gtk/gtkwindow.c (gtk_window_read_rcfiles): Invalidate outstanding icon caches on theme change. * gtk/gtkiconfactory.h, gtk/gtkiconfactory.c: New icon system. Three important types: (GtkIconSource): Specification for creating a pixbuf appropriate for a direction/state/size triplet from a source pixbuf or filename (GtkIconSet): List of GtkIconSource objects that are used to create the "same" icon (e.g. an OK button icon), and cache for rendered icons (GtkIconFactory): Hash from stock ID to GtkIconSet; used to look up the icon set for a given stock ID. GTK maintains a stack of GtkIconFactory to search, and applications or libraries can add additional icon factories on top of the stack * gtk/gtkrc.h, gtk/gtkrc.c: When loading an RcStyle, parse the set of GtkIconSource specified for a given stock ID into a GtkIconSet, and put the GtkIconSet into a GtkIconFactory for the RcStyle, under the specified stock ID. * gtk/gtkstyle.h, gtk/gtkstyle.c: Add a virtual function render_icon used to derive a GdkPixbuf from a GtkIconSource. This allows people to theme how prelight, insensitive, etc. are done. (gtk_style_lookup_icon_set): Look up a stock ID in the list of icon factories for a style, and return the resulting icon set if any. (gtk_style_render_icon): Render an icon using the render_icon method in the GtkStyleClass. * gtk/gtkwidget.h, gtk/gtkwidget.c (gtk_widget_render_icon): Use the style for a given widget to look up a stock ID, get the icon set, and render an icon using the render_icon method of the style * gtk/gtkstock.h, gtk/gtkstock.c: Header with the GtkStockItem type (contains information about a stock item), the built-in stock item IDs, and functions to add/lookup stock items. * gtk/stock-icons/*: Stock icons that come with GTK * gtk/gtkbutton.h, gtk/gtkbutton.c (gtk_button_new_stock): Returns a button based on a GtkStockItem (gtk_button_new_accel): Takes a uline string and accel group, and installs the accelerator. * gtk/gtkimage.h, gtk/gtkimage.c: Make this into a generic image-display widget.
2000-09-26 20:22:17 +00:00
static void
add_sized_with_fallback (GtkIconFactory *factory,
const guchar *fallback_data,
const guchar *inline_data,
GtkIconSize size,
const gchar *stock_id)
{
GtkIconSet *set;
set = sized_with_fallback_icon_set_from_inline (fallback_data, inline_data, size);
gtk_icon_factory_add (factory, stock_id, set);
gtk_icon_set_unref (set);
}
Move more text widget headers into the private header list 2000-09-26 Havoc Pennington <hp@redhat.com> * gtk/Makefile.am (gtk_private_h_sources): Move more text widget headers into the private header list * Makefile.am (pkgconfig_DATA): install pkg-config files * configure.in: add pkg-config files * gdk-2.0.pc.in, gdk-pixbuf.pc.in, gtk+-2.0.pc.in: pkg-config files * gtk/gtkwindow.c (gtk_window_read_rcfiles): Invalidate outstanding icon caches on theme change. * gtk/gtkiconfactory.h, gtk/gtkiconfactory.c: New icon system. Three important types: (GtkIconSource): Specification for creating a pixbuf appropriate for a direction/state/size triplet from a source pixbuf or filename (GtkIconSet): List of GtkIconSource objects that are used to create the "same" icon (e.g. an OK button icon), and cache for rendered icons (GtkIconFactory): Hash from stock ID to GtkIconSet; used to look up the icon set for a given stock ID. GTK maintains a stack of GtkIconFactory to search, and applications or libraries can add additional icon factories on top of the stack * gtk/gtkrc.h, gtk/gtkrc.c: When loading an RcStyle, parse the set of GtkIconSource specified for a given stock ID into a GtkIconSet, and put the GtkIconSet into a GtkIconFactory for the RcStyle, under the specified stock ID. * gtk/gtkstyle.h, gtk/gtkstyle.c: Add a virtual function render_icon used to derive a GdkPixbuf from a GtkIconSource. This allows people to theme how prelight, insensitive, etc. are done. (gtk_style_lookup_icon_set): Look up a stock ID in the list of icon factories for a style, and return the resulting icon set if any. (gtk_style_render_icon): Render an icon using the render_icon method in the GtkStyleClass. * gtk/gtkwidget.h, gtk/gtkwidget.c (gtk_widget_render_icon): Use the style for a given widget to look up a stock ID, get the icon set, and render an icon using the render_icon method of the style * gtk/gtkstock.h, gtk/gtkstock.c: Header with the GtkStockItem type (contains information about a stock item), the built-in stock item IDs, and functions to add/lookup stock items. * gtk/stock-icons/*: Stock icons that come with GTK * gtk/gtkbutton.h, gtk/gtkbutton.c (gtk_button_new_stock): Returns a button based on a GtkStockItem (gtk_button_new_accel): Takes a uline string and accel group, and installs the accelerator. * gtk/gtkimage.h, gtk/gtkimage.c: Make this into a generic image-display widget.
2000-09-26 20:22:17 +00:00
static void
add_unsized (GtkIconFactory *factory,
const guchar *inline_data,
const gchar *stock_id)
{
GtkIconSet *set;
set = unsized_icon_set_from_inline (inline_data);
gtk_icon_factory_add (factory, stock_id, set);
gtk_icon_set_unref (set);
}
static void
get_default_icons (GtkIconFactory *factory)
{
/* KEEP IN SYNC with gtkstock.c */
/* We add all stock icons unsized, since it's confusing if icons only
* can be loaded at certain sizes.
*/
/* Have dialog size */
add_unsized (factory, stock_dialog_error_48, GTK_STOCK_DIALOG_ERROR);
add_unsized (factory, stock_dialog_info_48, GTK_STOCK_DIALOG_INFO);
add_unsized (factory, stock_dialog_question_48, GTK_STOCK_DIALOG_QUESTION);
add_unsized (factory, stock_dialog_warning_48,GTK_STOCK_DIALOG_WARNING);
/* Have dnd size */
add_unsized (factory, stock_dnd_32, GTK_STOCK_DND);
add_unsized (factory, stock_dnd_multiple_32, GTK_STOCK_DND_MULTIPLE);
/* Have button sizes */
add_unsized (factory, stock_apply_20, GTK_STOCK_APPLY);
add_unsized (factory, stock_cancel_20, GTK_STOCK_CANCEL);
add_unsized (factory, stock_no_20, GTK_STOCK_NO);
add_unsized (factory, stock_ok_20, GTK_STOCK_OK);
add_unsized (factory, stock_yes_20, GTK_STOCK_YES);
/* Generic + button sizes */
add_sized_with_fallback (factory,
stock_close_24,
stock_close_20,
GTK_ICON_SIZE_BUTTON,
GTK_STOCK_CLOSE);
/* Generic + menu sizes */
add_sized_with_fallback (factory,
stock_add_24,
stock_add_16,
GTK_ICON_SIZE_MENU,
GTK_STOCK_ADD);
add_sized_with_fallback (factory,
stock_align_center_24,
stock_align_center_16,
GTK_ICON_SIZE_MENU,
GTK_STOCK_JUSTIFY_CENTER);
add_sized_with_fallback (factory,
stock_align_justify_24,
stock_align_justify_16,
GTK_ICON_SIZE_MENU,
GTK_STOCK_JUSTIFY_FILL);
add_sized_with_fallback (factory,
stock_align_left_24,
stock_align_left_16,
GTK_ICON_SIZE_MENU,
GTK_STOCK_JUSTIFY_LEFT);
add_sized_with_fallback (factory,
stock_align_right_24,
stock_align_right_16,
GTK_ICON_SIZE_MENU,
GTK_STOCK_JUSTIFY_RIGHT);
add_sized_with_fallback (factory,
stock_bottom_24,
stock_bottom_16,
GTK_ICON_SIZE_MENU,
GTK_STOCK_GOTO_BOTTOM);
add_sized_with_fallback (factory,
stock_cdrom_24,
stock_cdrom_16,
GTK_ICON_SIZE_MENU,
GTK_STOCK_CDROM);
add_sized_with_fallback (factory,
stock_convert_24,
stock_convert_16,
GTK_ICON_SIZE_MENU,
GTK_STOCK_CONVERT);
add_sized_with_fallback (factory,
stock_copy_24,
stock_copy_16,
GTK_ICON_SIZE_MENU,
GTK_STOCK_COPY);
add_sized_with_fallback (factory,
stock_cut_24,
stock_cut_16,
GTK_ICON_SIZE_MENU,
GTK_STOCK_CUT);
add_sized_with_fallback (factory,
stock_down_arrow_24,
stock_down_arrow_16,
GTK_ICON_SIZE_MENU,
GTK_STOCK_GO_DOWN);
add_sized_with_fallback (factory,
stock_exec_24,
stock_exec_16,
GTK_ICON_SIZE_MENU,
GTK_STOCK_EXECUTE);
add_sized_with_fallback (factory,
stock_exit_24,
stock_exit_16,
GTK_ICON_SIZE_MENU,
GTK_STOCK_QUIT);
add_sized_with_fallback (factory,
stock_first_24,
stock_first_16,
GTK_ICON_SIZE_MENU,
GTK_STOCK_GOTO_FIRST);
add_sized_with_fallback (factory,
stock_font_24,
stock_font_16,
GTK_ICON_SIZE_MENU,
GTK_STOCK_SELECT_FONT);
add_sized_with_fallback (factory,
stock_help_24,
stock_help_16,
GTK_ICON_SIZE_MENU,
GTK_STOCK_HELP);
add_sized_with_fallback (factory,
stock_home_24,
stock_home_16,
GTK_ICON_SIZE_MENU,
GTK_STOCK_HOME);
add_sized_with_fallback (factory,
stock_jump_to_24,
stock_jump_to_16,
GTK_ICON_SIZE_MENU,
GTK_STOCK_JUMP_TO);
add_sized_with_fallback (factory,
stock_last_24,
stock_last_16,
GTK_ICON_SIZE_MENU,
GTK_STOCK_GOTO_LAST);
add_sized_with_fallback (factory,
stock_left_arrow_24,
stock_left_arrow_16,
GTK_ICON_SIZE_MENU,
GTK_STOCK_GO_BACK);
add_sized_with_fallback (factory,
stock_missing_image_24,
stock_missing_image_16,
GTK_ICON_SIZE_MENU,
GTK_STOCK_MISSING_IMAGE);
add_sized_with_fallback (factory,
stock_new_24,
stock_new_16,
GTK_ICON_SIZE_MENU,
GTK_STOCK_NEW);
add_sized_with_fallback (factory,
stock_open_24,
stock_open_16,
GTK_ICON_SIZE_MENU,
GTK_STOCK_OPEN);
add_sized_with_fallback (factory,
stock_paste_24,
stock_paste_16,
GTK_ICON_SIZE_MENU,
GTK_STOCK_PASTE);
add_sized_with_fallback (factory,
stock_preferences_24,
stock_preferences_16,
GTK_ICON_SIZE_MENU,
GTK_STOCK_PREFERENCES);
add_sized_with_fallback (factory,
stock_print_24,
stock_print_16,
GTK_ICON_SIZE_MENU,
GTK_STOCK_PRINT);
add_sized_with_fallback (factory,
stock_print_preview_24,
stock_print_preview_16,
GTK_ICON_SIZE_MENU,
GTK_STOCK_PRINT_PREVIEW);
add_sized_with_fallback (factory,
stock_properties_24,
stock_properties_16,
GTK_ICON_SIZE_MENU,
GTK_STOCK_PROPERTIES);
add_sized_with_fallback (factory,
stock_redo_24,
stock_redo_16,
GTK_ICON_SIZE_MENU,
GTK_STOCK_REDO);
add_sized_with_fallback (factory,
stock_remove_24,
stock_remove_16,
GTK_ICON_SIZE_MENU,
GTK_STOCK_REMOVE);
add_sized_with_fallback (factory,
stock_refresh_24,
stock_refresh_16,
GTK_ICON_SIZE_MENU,
GTK_STOCK_REFRESH);
add_sized_with_fallback (factory,
stock_revert_24,
stock_revert_16,
GTK_ICON_SIZE_MENU,
GTK_STOCK_REVERT_TO_SAVED);
add_sized_with_fallback (factory,
stock_right_arrow_24,
stock_right_arrow_16,
GTK_ICON_SIZE_MENU,
GTK_STOCK_GO_FORWARD);
add_sized_with_fallback (factory,
stock_save_24,
stock_save_16,
GTK_ICON_SIZE_MENU,
GTK_STOCK_SAVE);
add_sized_with_fallback (factory,
stock_save_24,
stock_save_16,
GTK_ICON_SIZE_MENU,
GTK_STOCK_FLOPPY);
add_sized_with_fallback (factory,
stock_save_as_24,
stock_save_as_16,
GTK_ICON_SIZE_MENU,
GTK_STOCK_SAVE_AS);
add_sized_with_fallback (factory,
stock_search_24,
stock_search_16,
GTK_ICON_SIZE_MENU,
GTK_STOCK_FIND);
add_sized_with_fallback (factory,
stock_search_replace_24,
stock_search_replace_16,
GTK_ICON_SIZE_MENU,
GTK_STOCK_FIND_AND_REPLACE);
add_sized_with_fallback (factory,
stock_sort_descending_24,
stock_sort_descending_16,
GTK_ICON_SIZE_MENU,
GTK_STOCK_SORT_DESCENDING);
add_sized_with_fallback (factory,
stock_sort_ascending_24,
stock_sort_ascending_16,
GTK_ICON_SIZE_MENU,
GTK_STOCK_SORT_ASCENDING);
add_sized_with_fallback (factory,
stock_spellcheck_24,
stock_spellcheck_16,
GTK_ICON_SIZE_MENU,
GTK_STOCK_SPELL_CHECK);
add_sized_with_fallback (factory,
stock_stop_24,
stock_stop_16,
GTK_ICON_SIZE_MENU,
GTK_STOCK_STOP);
add_sized_with_fallback (factory,
stock_text_bold_24,
stock_text_bold_16,
GTK_ICON_SIZE_MENU,
GTK_STOCK_BOLD);
add_sized_with_fallback (factory,
stock_text_italic_24,
stock_text_italic_16,
GTK_ICON_SIZE_MENU,
GTK_STOCK_ITALIC);
add_sized_with_fallback (factory,
stock_text_strikethrough_24,
stock_text_strikethrough_16,
GTK_ICON_SIZE_MENU,
GTK_STOCK_STRIKETHROUGH);
add_sized_with_fallback (factory,
stock_text_underline_24,
stock_text_underline_16,
GTK_ICON_SIZE_MENU,
GTK_STOCK_UNDERLINE);
add_sized_with_fallback (factory,
stock_top_24,
stock_top_16,
GTK_ICON_SIZE_MENU,
GTK_STOCK_GOTO_TOP);
add_sized_with_fallback (factory,
stock_trash_24,
stock_trash_16,
GTK_ICON_SIZE_MENU,
GTK_STOCK_DELETE);
add_sized_with_fallback (factory,
stock_undelete_24,
stock_undelete_16,
GTK_ICON_SIZE_MENU,
GTK_STOCK_UNDELETE);
add_sized_with_fallback (factory,
stock_undo_24,
stock_undo_16,
GTK_ICON_SIZE_MENU,
GTK_STOCK_UNDO);
add_sized_with_fallback (factory,
stock_up_arrow_24,
stock_up_arrow_16,
GTK_ICON_SIZE_MENU,
GTK_STOCK_GO_UP);
/* Generic size only */
add_unsized (factory, stock_clear_24, GTK_STOCK_CLEAR);
add_unsized (factory, stock_colorselector_24, GTK_STOCK_SELECT_COLOR);
add_unsized (factory, stock_color_picker_25, GTK_STOCK_COLOR_PICKER);
add_unsized (factory, stock_index_24, GTK_STOCK_INDEX);
add_unsized (factory, stock_zoom_1_24, GTK_STOCK_ZOOM_100);
add_unsized (factory, stock_zoom_fit_24, GTK_STOCK_ZOOM_FIT);
add_unsized (factory, stock_zoom_in_24, GTK_STOCK_ZOOM_IN);
add_unsized (factory, stock_zoom_out_24, GTK_STOCK_ZOOM_OUT);
Move more text widget headers into the private header list 2000-09-26 Havoc Pennington <hp@redhat.com> * gtk/Makefile.am (gtk_private_h_sources): Move more text widget headers into the private header list * Makefile.am (pkgconfig_DATA): install pkg-config files * configure.in: add pkg-config files * gdk-2.0.pc.in, gdk-pixbuf.pc.in, gtk+-2.0.pc.in: pkg-config files * gtk/gtkwindow.c (gtk_window_read_rcfiles): Invalidate outstanding icon caches on theme change. * gtk/gtkiconfactory.h, gtk/gtkiconfactory.c: New icon system. Three important types: (GtkIconSource): Specification for creating a pixbuf appropriate for a direction/state/size triplet from a source pixbuf or filename (GtkIconSet): List of GtkIconSource objects that are used to create the "same" icon (e.g. an OK button icon), and cache for rendered icons (GtkIconFactory): Hash from stock ID to GtkIconSet; used to look up the icon set for a given stock ID. GTK maintains a stack of GtkIconFactory to search, and applications or libraries can add additional icon factories on top of the stack * gtk/gtkrc.h, gtk/gtkrc.c: When loading an RcStyle, parse the set of GtkIconSource specified for a given stock ID into a GtkIconSet, and put the GtkIconSet into a GtkIconFactory for the RcStyle, under the specified stock ID. * gtk/gtkstyle.h, gtk/gtkstyle.c: Add a virtual function render_icon used to derive a GdkPixbuf from a GtkIconSource. This allows people to theme how prelight, insensitive, etc. are done. (gtk_style_lookup_icon_set): Look up a stock ID in the list of icon factories for a style, and return the resulting icon set if any. (gtk_style_render_icon): Render an icon using the render_icon method in the GtkStyleClass. * gtk/gtkwidget.h, gtk/gtkwidget.c (gtk_widget_render_icon): Use the style for a given widget to look up a stock ID, get the icon set, and render an icon using the render_icon method of the style * gtk/gtkstock.h, gtk/gtkstock.c: Header with the GtkStockItem type (contains information about a stock item), the built-in stock item IDs, and functions to add/lookup stock items. * gtk/stock-icons/*: Stock icons that come with GTK * gtk/gtkbutton.h, gtk/gtkbutton.c (gtk_button_new_stock): Returns a button based on a GtkStockItem (gtk_button_new_accel): Takes a uline string and accel group, and installs the accelerator. * gtk/gtkimage.h, gtk/gtkimage.c: Make this into a generic image-display widget.
2000-09-26 20:22:17 +00:00
}
/************************************************************
* Icon size handling *
************************************************************/
Move more text widget headers into the private header list 2000-09-26 Havoc Pennington <hp@redhat.com> * gtk/Makefile.am (gtk_private_h_sources): Move more text widget headers into the private header list * Makefile.am (pkgconfig_DATA): install pkg-config files * configure.in: add pkg-config files * gdk-2.0.pc.in, gdk-pixbuf.pc.in, gtk+-2.0.pc.in: pkg-config files * gtk/gtkwindow.c (gtk_window_read_rcfiles): Invalidate outstanding icon caches on theme change. * gtk/gtkiconfactory.h, gtk/gtkiconfactory.c: New icon system. Three important types: (GtkIconSource): Specification for creating a pixbuf appropriate for a direction/state/size triplet from a source pixbuf or filename (GtkIconSet): List of GtkIconSource objects that are used to create the "same" icon (e.g. an OK button icon), and cache for rendered icons (GtkIconFactory): Hash from stock ID to GtkIconSet; used to look up the icon set for a given stock ID. GTK maintains a stack of GtkIconFactory to search, and applications or libraries can add additional icon factories on top of the stack * gtk/gtkrc.h, gtk/gtkrc.c: When loading an RcStyle, parse the set of GtkIconSource specified for a given stock ID into a GtkIconSet, and put the GtkIconSet into a GtkIconFactory for the RcStyle, under the specified stock ID. * gtk/gtkstyle.h, gtk/gtkstyle.c: Add a virtual function render_icon used to derive a GdkPixbuf from a GtkIconSource. This allows people to theme how prelight, insensitive, etc. are done. (gtk_style_lookup_icon_set): Look up a stock ID in the list of icon factories for a style, and return the resulting icon set if any. (gtk_style_render_icon): Render an icon using the render_icon method in the GtkStyleClass. * gtk/gtkwidget.h, gtk/gtkwidget.c (gtk_widget_render_icon): Use the style for a given widget to look up a stock ID, get the icon set, and render an icon using the render_icon method of the style * gtk/gtkstock.h, gtk/gtkstock.c: Header with the GtkStockItem type (contains information about a stock item), the built-in stock item IDs, and functions to add/lookup stock items. * gtk/stock-icons/*: Stock icons that come with GTK * gtk/gtkbutton.h, gtk/gtkbutton.c (gtk_button_new_stock): Returns a button based on a GtkStockItem (gtk_button_new_accel): Takes a uline string and accel group, and installs the accelerator. * gtk/gtkimage.h, gtk/gtkimage.c: Make this into a generic image-display widget.
2000-09-26 20:22:17 +00:00
typedef struct _IconSize IconSize;
struct _IconSize
{
gint size;
Move more text widget headers into the private header list 2000-09-26 Havoc Pennington <hp@redhat.com> * gtk/Makefile.am (gtk_private_h_sources): Move more text widget headers into the private header list * Makefile.am (pkgconfig_DATA): install pkg-config files * configure.in: add pkg-config files * gdk-2.0.pc.in, gdk-pixbuf.pc.in, gtk+-2.0.pc.in: pkg-config files * gtk/gtkwindow.c (gtk_window_read_rcfiles): Invalidate outstanding icon caches on theme change. * gtk/gtkiconfactory.h, gtk/gtkiconfactory.c: New icon system. Three important types: (GtkIconSource): Specification for creating a pixbuf appropriate for a direction/state/size triplet from a source pixbuf or filename (GtkIconSet): List of GtkIconSource objects that are used to create the "same" icon (e.g. an OK button icon), and cache for rendered icons (GtkIconFactory): Hash from stock ID to GtkIconSet; used to look up the icon set for a given stock ID. GTK maintains a stack of GtkIconFactory to search, and applications or libraries can add additional icon factories on top of the stack * gtk/gtkrc.h, gtk/gtkrc.c: When loading an RcStyle, parse the set of GtkIconSource specified for a given stock ID into a GtkIconSet, and put the GtkIconSet into a GtkIconFactory for the RcStyle, under the specified stock ID. * gtk/gtkstyle.h, gtk/gtkstyle.c: Add a virtual function render_icon used to derive a GdkPixbuf from a GtkIconSource. This allows people to theme how prelight, insensitive, etc. are done. (gtk_style_lookup_icon_set): Look up a stock ID in the list of icon factories for a style, and return the resulting icon set if any. (gtk_style_render_icon): Render an icon using the render_icon method in the GtkStyleClass. * gtk/gtkwidget.h, gtk/gtkwidget.c (gtk_widget_render_icon): Use the style for a given widget to look up a stock ID, get the icon set, and render an icon using the render_icon method of the style * gtk/gtkstock.h, gtk/gtkstock.c: Header with the GtkStockItem type (contains information about a stock item), the built-in stock item IDs, and functions to add/lookup stock items. * gtk/stock-icons/*: Stock icons that come with GTK * gtk/gtkbutton.h, gtk/gtkbutton.c (gtk_button_new_stock): Returns a button based on a GtkStockItem (gtk_button_new_accel): Takes a uline string and accel group, and installs the accelerator. * gtk/gtkimage.h, gtk/gtkimage.c: Make this into a generic image-display widget.
2000-09-26 20:22:17 +00:00
gchar *name;
gint width;
gint height;
Move more text widget headers into the private header list 2000-09-26 Havoc Pennington <hp@redhat.com> * gtk/Makefile.am (gtk_private_h_sources): Move more text widget headers into the private header list * Makefile.am (pkgconfig_DATA): install pkg-config files * configure.in: add pkg-config files * gdk-2.0.pc.in, gdk-pixbuf.pc.in, gtk+-2.0.pc.in: pkg-config files * gtk/gtkwindow.c (gtk_window_read_rcfiles): Invalidate outstanding icon caches on theme change. * gtk/gtkiconfactory.h, gtk/gtkiconfactory.c: New icon system. Three important types: (GtkIconSource): Specification for creating a pixbuf appropriate for a direction/state/size triplet from a source pixbuf or filename (GtkIconSet): List of GtkIconSource objects that are used to create the "same" icon (e.g. an OK button icon), and cache for rendered icons (GtkIconFactory): Hash from stock ID to GtkIconSet; used to look up the icon set for a given stock ID. GTK maintains a stack of GtkIconFactory to search, and applications or libraries can add additional icon factories on top of the stack * gtk/gtkrc.h, gtk/gtkrc.c: When loading an RcStyle, parse the set of GtkIconSource specified for a given stock ID into a GtkIconSet, and put the GtkIconSet into a GtkIconFactory for the RcStyle, under the specified stock ID. * gtk/gtkstyle.h, gtk/gtkstyle.c: Add a virtual function render_icon used to derive a GdkPixbuf from a GtkIconSource. This allows people to theme how prelight, insensitive, etc. are done. (gtk_style_lookup_icon_set): Look up a stock ID in the list of icon factories for a style, and return the resulting icon set if any. (gtk_style_render_icon): Render an icon using the render_icon method in the GtkStyleClass. * gtk/gtkwidget.h, gtk/gtkwidget.c (gtk_widget_render_icon): Use the style for a given widget to look up a stock ID, get the icon set, and render an icon using the render_icon method of the style * gtk/gtkstock.h, gtk/gtkstock.c: Header with the GtkStockItem type (contains information about a stock item), the built-in stock item IDs, and functions to add/lookup stock items. * gtk/stock-icons/*: Stock icons that come with GTK * gtk/gtkbutton.h, gtk/gtkbutton.c (gtk_button_new_stock): Returns a button based on a GtkStockItem (gtk_button_new_accel): Takes a uline string and accel group, and installs the accelerator. * gtk/gtkimage.h, gtk/gtkimage.c: Make this into a generic image-display widget.
2000-09-26 20:22:17 +00:00
};
typedef struct _IconAlias IconAlias;
Move more text widget headers into the private header list 2000-09-26 Havoc Pennington <hp@redhat.com> * gtk/Makefile.am (gtk_private_h_sources): Move more text widget headers into the private header list * Makefile.am (pkgconfig_DATA): install pkg-config files * configure.in: add pkg-config files * gdk-2.0.pc.in, gdk-pixbuf.pc.in, gtk+-2.0.pc.in: pkg-config files * gtk/gtkwindow.c (gtk_window_read_rcfiles): Invalidate outstanding icon caches on theme change. * gtk/gtkiconfactory.h, gtk/gtkiconfactory.c: New icon system. Three important types: (GtkIconSource): Specification for creating a pixbuf appropriate for a direction/state/size triplet from a source pixbuf or filename (GtkIconSet): List of GtkIconSource objects that are used to create the "same" icon (e.g. an OK button icon), and cache for rendered icons (GtkIconFactory): Hash from stock ID to GtkIconSet; used to look up the icon set for a given stock ID. GTK maintains a stack of GtkIconFactory to search, and applications or libraries can add additional icon factories on top of the stack * gtk/gtkrc.h, gtk/gtkrc.c: When loading an RcStyle, parse the set of GtkIconSource specified for a given stock ID into a GtkIconSet, and put the GtkIconSet into a GtkIconFactory for the RcStyle, under the specified stock ID. * gtk/gtkstyle.h, gtk/gtkstyle.c: Add a virtual function render_icon used to derive a GdkPixbuf from a GtkIconSource. This allows people to theme how prelight, insensitive, etc. are done. (gtk_style_lookup_icon_set): Look up a stock ID in the list of icon factories for a style, and return the resulting icon set if any. (gtk_style_render_icon): Render an icon using the render_icon method in the GtkStyleClass. * gtk/gtkwidget.h, gtk/gtkwidget.c (gtk_widget_render_icon): Use the style for a given widget to look up a stock ID, get the icon set, and render an icon using the render_icon method of the style * gtk/gtkstock.h, gtk/gtkstock.c: Header with the GtkStockItem type (contains information about a stock item), the built-in stock item IDs, and functions to add/lookup stock items. * gtk/stock-icons/*: Stock icons that come with GTK * gtk/gtkbutton.h, gtk/gtkbutton.c (gtk_button_new_stock): Returns a button based on a GtkStockItem (gtk_button_new_accel): Takes a uline string and accel group, and installs the accelerator. * gtk/gtkimage.h, gtk/gtkimage.c: Make this into a generic image-display widget.
2000-09-26 20:22:17 +00:00
struct _IconAlias
Move more text widget headers into the private header list 2000-09-26 Havoc Pennington <hp@redhat.com> * gtk/Makefile.am (gtk_private_h_sources): Move more text widget headers into the private header list * Makefile.am (pkgconfig_DATA): install pkg-config files * configure.in: add pkg-config files * gdk-2.0.pc.in, gdk-pixbuf.pc.in, gtk+-2.0.pc.in: pkg-config files * gtk/gtkwindow.c (gtk_window_read_rcfiles): Invalidate outstanding icon caches on theme change. * gtk/gtkiconfactory.h, gtk/gtkiconfactory.c: New icon system. Three important types: (GtkIconSource): Specification for creating a pixbuf appropriate for a direction/state/size triplet from a source pixbuf or filename (GtkIconSet): List of GtkIconSource objects that are used to create the "same" icon (e.g. an OK button icon), and cache for rendered icons (GtkIconFactory): Hash from stock ID to GtkIconSet; used to look up the icon set for a given stock ID. GTK maintains a stack of GtkIconFactory to search, and applications or libraries can add additional icon factories on top of the stack * gtk/gtkrc.h, gtk/gtkrc.c: When loading an RcStyle, parse the set of GtkIconSource specified for a given stock ID into a GtkIconSet, and put the GtkIconSet into a GtkIconFactory for the RcStyle, under the specified stock ID. * gtk/gtkstyle.h, gtk/gtkstyle.c: Add a virtual function render_icon used to derive a GdkPixbuf from a GtkIconSource. This allows people to theme how prelight, insensitive, etc. are done. (gtk_style_lookup_icon_set): Look up a stock ID in the list of icon factories for a style, and return the resulting icon set if any. (gtk_style_render_icon): Render an icon using the render_icon method in the GtkStyleClass. * gtk/gtkwidget.h, gtk/gtkwidget.c (gtk_widget_render_icon): Use the style for a given widget to look up a stock ID, get the icon set, and render an icon using the render_icon method of the style * gtk/gtkstock.h, gtk/gtkstock.c: Header with the GtkStockItem type (contains information about a stock item), the built-in stock item IDs, and functions to add/lookup stock items. * gtk/stock-icons/*: Stock icons that come with GTK * gtk/gtkbutton.h, gtk/gtkbutton.c (gtk_button_new_stock): Returns a button based on a GtkStockItem (gtk_button_new_accel): Takes a uline string and accel group, and installs the accelerator. * gtk/gtkimage.h, gtk/gtkimage.c: Make this into a generic image-display widget.
2000-09-26 20:22:17 +00:00
{
gchar *name;
gint target;
};
Move more text widget headers into the private header list 2000-09-26 Havoc Pennington <hp@redhat.com> * gtk/Makefile.am (gtk_private_h_sources): Move more text widget headers into the private header list * Makefile.am (pkgconfig_DATA): install pkg-config files * configure.in: add pkg-config files * gdk-2.0.pc.in, gdk-pixbuf.pc.in, gtk+-2.0.pc.in: pkg-config files * gtk/gtkwindow.c (gtk_window_read_rcfiles): Invalidate outstanding icon caches on theme change. * gtk/gtkiconfactory.h, gtk/gtkiconfactory.c: New icon system. Three important types: (GtkIconSource): Specification for creating a pixbuf appropriate for a direction/state/size triplet from a source pixbuf or filename (GtkIconSet): List of GtkIconSource objects that are used to create the "same" icon (e.g. an OK button icon), and cache for rendered icons (GtkIconFactory): Hash from stock ID to GtkIconSet; used to look up the icon set for a given stock ID. GTK maintains a stack of GtkIconFactory to search, and applications or libraries can add additional icon factories on top of the stack * gtk/gtkrc.h, gtk/gtkrc.c: When loading an RcStyle, parse the set of GtkIconSource specified for a given stock ID into a GtkIconSet, and put the GtkIconSet into a GtkIconFactory for the RcStyle, under the specified stock ID. * gtk/gtkstyle.h, gtk/gtkstyle.c: Add a virtual function render_icon used to derive a GdkPixbuf from a GtkIconSource. This allows people to theme how prelight, insensitive, etc. are done. (gtk_style_lookup_icon_set): Look up a stock ID in the list of icon factories for a style, and return the resulting icon set if any. (gtk_style_render_icon): Render an icon using the render_icon method in the GtkStyleClass. * gtk/gtkwidget.h, gtk/gtkwidget.c (gtk_widget_render_icon): Use the style for a given widget to look up a stock ID, get the icon set, and render an icon using the render_icon method of the style * gtk/gtkstock.h, gtk/gtkstock.c: Header with the GtkStockItem type (contains information about a stock item), the built-in stock item IDs, and functions to add/lookup stock items. * gtk/stock-icons/*: Stock icons that come with GTK * gtk/gtkbutton.h, gtk/gtkbutton.c (gtk_button_new_stock): Returns a button based on a GtkStockItem (gtk_button_new_accel): Takes a uline string and accel group, and installs the accelerator. * gtk/gtkimage.h, gtk/gtkimage.c: Make this into a generic image-display widget.
2000-09-26 20:22:17 +00:00
typedef struct _SettingsIconSize SettingsIconSize;
struct _SettingsIconSize
{
gint width;
gint height;
};
static GHashTable *icon_aliases = NULL;
static IconSize *icon_sizes = NULL;
static gint icon_sizes_allocated = 0;
static gint icon_sizes_used = 0;
Move more text widget headers into the private header list 2000-09-26 Havoc Pennington <hp@redhat.com> * gtk/Makefile.am (gtk_private_h_sources): Move more text widget headers into the private header list * Makefile.am (pkgconfig_DATA): install pkg-config files * configure.in: add pkg-config files * gdk-2.0.pc.in, gdk-pixbuf.pc.in, gtk+-2.0.pc.in: pkg-config files * gtk/gtkwindow.c (gtk_window_read_rcfiles): Invalidate outstanding icon caches on theme change. * gtk/gtkiconfactory.h, gtk/gtkiconfactory.c: New icon system. Three important types: (GtkIconSource): Specification for creating a pixbuf appropriate for a direction/state/size triplet from a source pixbuf or filename (GtkIconSet): List of GtkIconSource objects that are used to create the "same" icon (e.g. an OK button icon), and cache for rendered icons (GtkIconFactory): Hash from stock ID to GtkIconSet; used to look up the icon set for a given stock ID. GTK maintains a stack of GtkIconFactory to search, and applications or libraries can add additional icon factories on top of the stack * gtk/gtkrc.h, gtk/gtkrc.c: When loading an RcStyle, parse the set of GtkIconSource specified for a given stock ID into a GtkIconSet, and put the GtkIconSet into a GtkIconFactory for the RcStyle, under the specified stock ID. * gtk/gtkstyle.h, gtk/gtkstyle.c: Add a virtual function render_icon used to derive a GdkPixbuf from a GtkIconSource. This allows people to theme how prelight, insensitive, etc. are done. (gtk_style_lookup_icon_set): Look up a stock ID in the list of icon factories for a style, and return the resulting icon set if any. (gtk_style_render_icon): Render an icon using the render_icon method in the GtkStyleClass. * gtk/gtkwidget.h, gtk/gtkwidget.c (gtk_widget_render_icon): Use the style for a given widget to look up a stock ID, get the icon set, and render an icon using the render_icon method of the style * gtk/gtkstock.h, gtk/gtkstock.c: Header with the GtkStockItem type (contains information about a stock item), the built-in stock item IDs, and functions to add/lookup stock items. * gtk/stock-icons/*: Stock icons that come with GTK * gtk/gtkbutton.h, gtk/gtkbutton.c (gtk_button_new_stock): Returns a button based on a GtkStockItem (gtk_button_new_accel): Takes a uline string and accel group, and installs the accelerator. * gtk/gtkimage.h, gtk/gtkimage.c: Make this into a generic image-display widget.
2000-09-26 20:22:17 +00:00
static void
init_icon_sizes (void)
Move more text widget headers into the private header list 2000-09-26 Havoc Pennington <hp@redhat.com> * gtk/Makefile.am (gtk_private_h_sources): Move more text widget headers into the private header list * Makefile.am (pkgconfig_DATA): install pkg-config files * configure.in: add pkg-config files * gdk-2.0.pc.in, gdk-pixbuf.pc.in, gtk+-2.0.pc.in: pkg-config files * gtk/gtkwindow.c (gtk_window_read_rcfiles): Invalidate outstanding icon caches on theme change. * gtk/gtkiconfactory.h, gtk/gtkiconfactory.c: New icon system. Three important types: (GtkIconSource): Specification for creating a pixbuf appropriate for a direction/state/size triplet from a source pixbuf or filename (GtkIconSet): List of GtkIconSource objects that are used to create the "same" icon (e.g. an OK button icon), and cache for rendered icons (GtkIconFactory): Hash from stock ID to GtkIconSet; used to look up the icon set for a given stock ID. GTK maintains a stack of GtkIconFactory to search, and applications or libraries can add additional icon factories on top of the stack * gtk/gtkrc.h, gtk/gtkrc.c: When loading an RcStyle, parse the set of GtkIconSource specified for a given stock ID into a GtkIconSet, and put the GtkIconSet into a GtkIconFactory for the RcStyle, under the specified stock ID. * gtk/gtkstyle.h, gtk/gtkstyle.c: Add a virtual function render_icon used to derive a GdkPixbuf from a GtkIconSource. This allows people to theme how prelight, insensitive, etc. are done. (gtk_style_lookup_icon_set): Look up a stock ID in the list of icon factories for a style, and return the resulting icon set if any. (gtk_style_render_icon): Render an icon using the render_icon method in the GtkStyleClass. * gtk/gtkwidget.h, gtk/gtkwidget.c (gtk_widget_render_icon): Use the style for a given widget to look up a stock ID, get the icon set, and render an icon using the render_icon method of the style * gtk/gtkstock.h, gtk/gtkstock.c: Header with the GtkStockItem type (contains information about a stock item), the built-in stock item IDs, and functions to add/lookup stock items. * gtk/stock-icons/*: Stock icons that come with GTK * gtk/gtkbutton.h, gtk/gtkbutton.c (gtk_button_new_stock): Returns a button based on a GtkStockItem (gtk_button_new_accel): Takes a uline string and accel group, and installs the accelerator. * gtk/gtkimage.h, gtk/gtkimage.c: Make this into a generic image-display widget.
2000-09-26 20:22:17 +00:00
{
if (icon_sizes == NULL)
Move more text widget headers into the private header list 2000-09-26 Havoc Pennington <hp@redhat.com> * gtk/Makefile.am (gtk_private_h_sources): Move more text widget headers into the private header list * Makefile.am (pkgconfig_DATA): install pkg-config files * configure.in: add pkg-config files * gdk-2.0.pc.in, gdk-pixbuf.pc.in, gtk+-2.0.pc.in: pkg-config files * gtk/gtkwindow.c (gtk_window_read_rcfiles): Invalidate outstanding icon caches on theme change. * gtk/gtkiconfactory.h, gtk/gtkiconfactory.c: New icon system. Three important types: (GtkIconSource): Specification for creating a pixbuf appropriate for a direction/state/size triplet from a source pixbuf or filename (GtkIconSet): List of GtkIconSource objects that are used to create the "same" icon (e.g. an OK button icon), and cache for rendered icons (GtkIconFactory): Hash from stock ID to GtkIconSet; used to look up the icon set for a given stock ID. GTK maintains a stack of GtkIconFactory to search, and applications or libraries can add additional icon factories on top of the stack * gtk/gtkrc.h, gtk/gtkrc.c: When loading an RcStyle, parse the set of GtkIconSource specified for a given stock ID into a GtkIconSet, and put the GtkIconSet into a GtkIconFactory for the RcStyle, under the specified stock ID. * gtk/gtkstyle.h, gtk/gtkstyle.c: Add a virtual function render_icon used to derive a GdkPixbuf from a GtkIconSource. This allows people to theme how prelight, insensitive, etc. are done. (gtk_style_lookup_icon_set): Look up a stock ID in the list of icon factories for a style, and return the resulting icon set if any. (gtk_style_render_icon): Render an icon using the render_icon method in the GtkStyleClass. * gtk/gtkwidget.h, gtk/gtkwidget.c (gtk_widget_render_icon): Use the style for a given widget to look up a stock ID, get the icon set, and render an icon using the render_icon method of the style * gtk/gtkstock.h, gtk/gtkstock.c: Header with the GtkStockItem type (contains information about a stock item), the built-in stock item IDs, and functions to add/lookup stock items. * gtk/stock-icons/*: Stock icons that come with GTK * gtk/gtkbutton.h, gtk/gtkbutton.c (gtk_button_new_stock): Returns a button based on a GtkStockItem (gtk_button_new_accel): Takes a uline string and accel group, and installs the accelerator. * gtk/gtkimage.h, gtk/gtkimage.c: Make this into a generic image-display widget.
2000-09-26 20:22:17 +00:00
{
#define NUM_BUILTIN_SIZES 7
gint i;
Move more text widget headers into the private header list 2000-09-26 Havoc Pennington <hp@redhat.com> * gtk/Makefile.am (gtk_private_h_sources): Move more text widget headers into the private header list * Makefile.am (pkgconfig_DATA): install pkg-config files * configure.in: add pkg-config files * gdk-2.0.pc.in, gdk-pixbuf.pc.in, gtk+-2.0.pc.in: pkg-config files * gtk/gtkwindow.c (gtk_window_read_rcfiles): Invalidate outstanding icon caches on theme change. * gtk/gtkiconfactory.h, gtk/gtkiconfactory.c: New icon system. Three important types: (GtkIconSource): Specification for creating a pixbuf appropriate for a direction/state/size triplet from a source pixbuf or filename (GtkIconSet): List of GtkIconSource objects that are used to create the "same" icon (e.g. an OK button icon), and cache for rendered icons (GtkIconFactory): Hash from stock ID to GtkIconSet; used to look up the icon set for a given stock ID. GTK maintains a stack of GtkIconFactory to search, and applications or libraries can add additional icon factories on top of the stack * gtk/gtkrc.h, gtk/gtkrc.c: When loading an RcStyle, parse the set of GtkIconSource specified for a given stock ID into a GtkIconSet, and put the GtkIconSet into a GtkIconFactory for the RcStyle, under the specified stock ID. * gtk/gtkstyle.h, gtk/gtkstyle.c: Add a virtual function render_icon used to derive a GdkPixbuf from a GtkIconSource. This allows people to theme how prelight, insensitive, etc. are done. (gtk_style_lookup_icon_set): Look up a stock ID in the list of icon factories for a style, and return the resulting icon set if any. (gtk_style_render_icon): Render an icon using the render_icon method in the GtkStyleClass. * gtk/gtkwidget.h, gtk/gtkwidget.c (gtk_widget_render_icon): Use the style for a given widget to look up a stock ID, get the icon set, and render an icon using the render_icon method of the style * gtk/gtkstock.h, gtk/gtkstock.c: Header with the GtkStockItem type (contains information about a stock item), the built-in stock item IDs, and functions to add/lookup stock items. * gtk/stock-icons/*: Stock icons that come with GTK * gtk/gtkbutton.h, gtk/gtkbutton.c (gtk_button_new_stock): Returns a button based on a GtkStockItem (gtk_button_new_accel): Takes a uline string and accel group, and installs the accelerator. * gtk/gtkimage.h, gtk/gtkimage.c: Make this into a generic image-display widget.
2000-09-26 20:22:17 +00:00
icon_aliases = g_hash_table_new (g_str_hash, g_str_equal);
icon_sizes = g_new (IconSize, NUM_BUILTIN_SIZES);
icon_sizes_allocated = NUM_BUILTIN_SIZES;
icon_sizes_used = NUM_BUILTIN_SIZES;
icon_sizes[GTK_ICON_SIZE_INVALID].size = 0;
icon_sizes[GTK_ICON_SIZE_INVALID].name = NULL;
icon_sizes[GTK_ICON_SIZE_INVALID].width = 0;
icon_sizes[GTK_ICON_SIZE_INVALID].height = 0;
/* the name strings aren't copied since we don't ever remove
* icon sizes, so we don't need to know whether they're static.
* Even if we did I suppose removing the builtin sizes would be
* disallowed.
*/
icon_sizes[GTK_ICON_SIZE_MENU].size = GTK_ICON_SIZE_MENU;
icon_sizes[GTK_ICON_SIZE_MENU].name = "gtk-menu";
icon_sizes[GTK_ICON_SIZE_MENU].width = 16;
icon_sizes[GTK_ICON_SIZE_MENU].height = 16;
icon_sizes[GTK_ICON_SIZE_BUTTON].size = GTK_ICON_SIZE_BUTTON;
icon_sizes[GTK_ICON_SIZE_BUTTON].name = "gtk-button";
icon_sizes[GTK_ICON_SIZE_BUTTON].width = 20;
icon_sizes[GTK_ICON_SIZE_BUTTON].height = 20;
icon_sizes[GTK_ICON_SIZE_SMALL_TOOLBAR].size = GTK_ICON_SIZE_SMALL_TOOLBAR;
icon_sizes[GTK_ICON_SIZE_SMALL_TOOLBAR].name = "gtk-small-toolbar";
icon_sizes[GTK_ICON_SIZE_SMALL_TOOLBAR].width = 18;
icon_sizes[GTK_ICON_SIZE_SMALL_TOOLBAR].height = 18;
icon_sizes[GTK_ICON_SIZE_LARGE_TOOLBAR].size = GTK_ICON_SIZE_LARGE_TOOLBAR;
icon_sizes[GTK_ICON_SIZE_LARGE_TOOLBAR].name = "gtk-large-toolbar";
icon_sizes[GTK_ICON_SIZE_LARGE_TOOLBAR].width = 24;
icon_sizes[GTK_ICON_SIZE_LARGE_TOOLBAR].height = 24;
Move more text widget headers into the private header list 2000-09-26 Havoc Pennington <hp@redhat.com> * gtk/Makefile.am (gtk_private_h_sources): Move more text widget headers into the private header list * Makefile.am (pkgconfig_DATA): install pkg-config files * configure.in: add pkg-config files * gdk-2.0.pc.in, gdk-pixbuf.pc.in, gtk+-2.0.pc.in: pkg-config files * gtk/gtkwindow.c (gtk_window_read_rcfiles): Invalidate outstanding icon caches on theme change. * gtk/gtkiconfactory.h, gtk/gtkiconfactory.c: New icon system. Three important types: (GtkIconSource): Specification for creating a pixbuf appropriate for a direction/state/size triplet from a source pixbuf or filename (GtkIconSet): List of GtkIconSource objects that are used to create the "same" icon (e.g. an OK button icon), and cache for rendered icons (GtkIconFactory): Hash from stock ID to GtkIconSet; used to look up the icon set for a given stock ID. GTK maintains a stack of GtkIconFactory to search, and applications or libraries can add additional icon factories on top of the stack * gtk/gtkrc.h, gtk/gtkrc.c: When loading an RcStyle, parse the set of GtkIconSource specified for a given stock ID into a GtkIconSet, and put the GtkIconSet into a GtkIconFactory for the RcStyle, under the specified stock ID. * gtk/gtkstyle.h, gtk/gtkstyle.c: Add a virtual function render_icon used to derive a GdkPixbuf from a GtkIconSource. This allows people to theme how prelight, insensitive, etc. are done. (gtk_style_lookup_icon_set): Look up a stock ID in the list of icon factories for a style, and return the resulting icon set if any. (gtk_style_render_icon): Render an icon using the render_icon method in the GtkStyleClass. * gtk/gtkwidget.h, gtk/gtkwidget.c (gtk_widget_render_icon): Use the style for a given widget to look up a stock ID, get the icon set, and render an icon using the render_icon method of the style * gtk/gtkstock.h, gtk/gtkstock.c: Header with the GtkStockItem type (contains information about a stock item), the built-in stock item IDs, and functions to add/lookup stock items. * gtk/stock-icons/*: Stock icons that come with GTK * gtk/gtkbutton.h, gtk/gtkbutton.c (gtk_button_new_stock): Returns a button based on a GtkStockItem (gtk_button_new_accel): Takes a uline string and accel group, and installs the accelerator. * gtk/gtkimage.h, gtk/gtkimage.c: Make this into a generic image-display widget.
2000-09-26 20:22:17 +00:00
icon_sizes[GTK_ICON_SIZE_DND].size = GTK_ICON_SIZE_DND;
icon_sizes[GTK_ICON_SIZE_DND].name = "gtk-dnd";
icon_sizes[GTK_ICON_SIZE_DND].width = 32;
icon_sizes[GTK_ICON_SIZE_DND].height = 32;
icon_sizes[GTK_ICON_SIZE_DIALOG].size = GTK_ICON_SIZE_DIALOG;
icon_sizes[GTK_ICON_SIZE_DIALOG].name = "gtk-dialog";
icon_sizes[GTK_ICON_SIZE_DIALOG].width = 48;
icon_sizes[GTK_ICON_SIZE_DIALOG].height = 48;
Move more text widget headers into the private header list 2000-09-26 Havoc Pennington <hp@redhat.com> * gtk/Makefile.am (gtk_private_h_sources): Move more text widget headers into the private header list * Makefile.am (pkgconfig_DATA): install pkg-config files * configure.in: add pkg-config files * gdk-2.0.pc.in, gdk-pixbuf.pc.in, gtk+-2.0.pc.in: pkg-config files * gtk/gtkwindow.c (gtk_window_read_rcfiles): Invalidate outstanding icon caches on theme change. * gtk/gtkiconfactory.h, gtk/gtkiconfactory.c: New icon system. Three important types: (GtkIconSource): Specification for creating a pixbuf appropriate for a direction/state/size triplet from a source pixbuf or filename (GtkIconSet): List of GtkIconSource objects that are used to create the "same" icon (e.g. an OK button icon), and cache for rendered icons (GtkIconFactory): Hash from stock ID to GtkIconSet; used to look up the icon set for a given stock ID. GTK maintains a stack of GtkIconFactory to search, and applications or libraries can add additional icon factories on top of the stack * gtk/gtkrc.h, gtk/gtkrc.c: When loading an RcStyle, parse the set of GtkIconSource specified for a given stock ID into a GtkIconSet, and put the GtkIconSet into a GtkIconFactory for the RcStyle, under the specified stock ID. * gtk/gtkstyle.h, gtk/gtkstyle.c: Add a virtual function render_icon used to derive a GdkPixbuf from a GtkIconSource. This allows people to theme how prelight, insensitive, etc. are done. (gtk_style_lookup_icon_set): Look up a stock ID in the list of icon factories for a style, and return the resulting icon set if any. (gtk_style_render_icon): Render an icon using the render_icon method in the GtkStyleClass. * gtk/gtkwidget.h, gtk/gtkwidget.c (gtk_widget_render_icon): Use the style for a given widget to look up a stock ID, get the icon set, and render an icon using the render_icon method of the style * gtk/gtkstock.h, gtk/gtkstock.c: Header with the GtkStockItem type (contains information about a stock item), the built-in stock item IDs, and functions to add/lookup stock items. * gtk/stock-icons/*: Stock icons that come with GTK * gtk/gtkbutton.h, gtk/gtkbutton.c (gtk_button_new_stock): Returns a button based on a GtkStockItem (gtk_button_new_accel): Takes a uline string and accel group, and installs the accelerator. * gtk/gtkimage.h, gtk/gtkimage.c: Make this into a generic image-display widget.
2000-09-26 20:22:17 +00:00
g_assert ((GTK_ICON_SIZE_DIALOG + 1) == NUM_BUILTIN_SIZES);
Move more text widget headers into the private header list 2000-09-26 Havoc Pennington <hp@redhat.com> * gtk/Makefile.am (gtk_private_h_sources): Move more text widget headers into the private header list * Makefile.am (pkgconfig_DATA): install pkg-config files * configure.in: add pkg-config files * gdk-2.0.pc.in, gdk-pixbuf.pc.in, gtk+-2.0.pc.in: pkg-config files * gtk/gtkwindow.c (gtk_window_read_rcfiles): Invalidate outstanding icon caches on theme change. * gtk/gtkiconfactory.h, gtk/gtkiconfactory.c: New icon system. Three important types: (GtkIconSource): Specification for creating a pixbuf appropriate for a direction/state/size triplet from a source pixbuf or filename (GtkIconSet): List of GtkIconSource objects that are used to create the "same" icon (e.g. an OK button icon), and cache for rendered icons (GtkIconFactory): Hash from stock ID to GtkIconSet; used to look up the icon set for a given stock ID. GTK maintains a stack of GtkIconFactory to search, and applications or libraries can add additional icon factories on top of the stack * gtk/gtkrc.h, gtk/gtkrc.c: When loading an RcStyle, parse the set of GtkIconSource specified for a given stock ID into a GtkIconSet, and put the GtkIconSet into a GtkIconFactory for the RcStyle, under the specified stock ID. * gtk/gtkstyle.h, gtk/gtkstyle.c: Add a virtual function render_icon used to derive a GdkPixbuf from a GtkIconSource. This allows people to theme how prelight, insensitive, etc. are done. (gtk_style_lookup_icon_set): Look up a stock ID in the list of icon factories for a style, and return the resulting icon set if any. (gtk_style_render_icon): Render an icon using the render_icon method in the GtkStyleClass. * gtk/gtkwidget.h, gtk/gtkwidget.c (gtk_widget_render_icon): Use the style for a given widget to look up a stock ID, get the icon set, and render an icon using the render_icon method of the style * gtk/gtkstock.h, gtk/gtkstock.c: Header with the GtkStockItem type (contains information about a stock item), the built-in stock item IDs, and functions to add/lookup stock items. * gtk/stock-icons/*: Stock icons that come with GTK * gtk/gtkbutton.h, gtk/gtkbutton.c (gtk_button_new_stock): Returns a button based on a GtkStockItem (gtk_button_new_accel): Takes a uline string and accel group, and installs the accelerator. * gtk/gtkimage.h, gtk/gtkimage.c: Make this into a generic image-display widget.
2000-09-26 20:22:17 +00:00
/* Alias everything to itself. */
i = 1; /* skip invalid size */
while (i < NUM_BUILTIN_SIZES)
{
gtk_icon_size_register_alias (icon_sizes[i].name, icon_sizes[i].size);
++i;
}
#undef NUM_BUILTIN_SIZES
Move more text widget headers into the private header list 2000-09-26 Havoc Pennington <hp@redhat.com> * gtk/Makefile.am (gtk_private_h_sources): Move more text widget headers into the private header list * Makefile.am (pkgconfig_DATA): install pkg-config files * configure.in: add pkg-config files * gdk-2.0.pc.in, gdk-pixbuf.pc.in, gtk+-2.0.pc.in: pkg-config files * gtk/gtkwindow.c (gtk_window_read_rcfiles): Invalidate outstanding icon caches on theme change. * gtk/gtkiconfactory.h, gtk/gtkiconfactory.c: New icon system. Three important types: (GtkIconSource): Specification for creating a pixbuf appropriate for a direction/state/size triplet from a source pixbuf or filename (GtkIconSet): List of GtkIconSource objects that are used to create the "same" icon (e.g. an OK button icon), and cache for rendered icons (GtkIconFactory): Hash from stock ID to GtkIconSet; used to look up the icon set for a given stock ID. GTK maintains a stack of GtkIconFactory to search, and applications or libraries can add additional icon factories on top of the stack * gtk/gtkrc.h, gtk/gtkrc.c: When loading an RcStyle, parse the set of GtkIconSource specified for a given stock ID into a GtkIconSet, and put the GtkIconSet into a GtkIconFactory for the RcStyle, under the specified stock ID. * gtk/gtkstyle.h, gtk/gtkstyle.c: Add a virtual function render_icon used to derive a GdkPixbuf from a GtkIconSource. This allows people to theme how prelight, insensitive, etc. are done. (gtk_style_lookup_icon_set): Look up a stock ID in the list of icon factories for a style, and return the resulting icon set if any. (gtk_style_render_icon): Render an icon using the render_icon method in the GtkStyleClass. * gtk/gtkwidget.h, gtk/gtkwidget.c (gtk_widget_render_icon): Use the style for a given widget to look up a stock ID, get the icon set, and render an icon using the render_icon method of the style * gtk/gtkstock.h, gtk/gtkstock.c: Header with the GtkStockItem type (contains information about a stock item), the built-in stock item IDs, and functions to add/lookup stock items. * gtk/stock-icons/*: Stock icons that come with GTK * gtk/gtkbutton.h, gtk/gtkbutton.c (gtk_button_new_stock): Returns a button based on a GtkStockItem (gtk_button_new_accel): Takes a uline string and accel group, and installs the accelerator. * gtk/gtkimage.h, gtk/gtkimage.c: Make this into a generic image-display widget.
2000-09-26 20:22:17 +00:00
}
}
static void
free_settings_sizes (gpointer data)
{
g_array_free (data, TRUE);
}
static GArray *
get_settings_sizes (GtkSettings *settings,
gboolean *created)
{
GArray *settings_sizes;
static GQuark sizes_quark = 0;
if (!sizes_quark)
sizes_quark = g_quark_from_static_string ("gtk-icon-sizes");
settings_sizes = g_object_get_qdata (G_OBJECT (settings), sizes_quark);
if (!settings_sizes)
{
settings_sizes = g_array_new (FALSE, FALSE, sizeof (SettingsIconSize));
g_object_set_qdata_full (G_OBJECT (settings), sizes_quark,
settings_sizes, free_settings_sizes);
if (created)
*created = TRUE;
}
return settings_sizes;
}
static void
icon_size_set_for_settings (GtkSettings *settings,
const gchar *size_name,
gint width,
gint height)
{
GtkIconSize size;
GArray *settings_sizes;
SettingsIconSize *settings_size;
g_return_if_fail (size_name != NULL);
size = gtk_icon_size_from_name (size_name);
if (size == GTK_ICON_SIZE_INVALID)
/* Reserve a place */
size = icon_size_register_intern (size_name, -1, -1);
settings_sizes = get_settings_sizes (settings, NULL);
if (size >= settings_sizes->len)
{
SettingsIconSize unset = { -1, -1 };
gint i;
for (i = settings_sizes->len; i <= size; i++)
g_array_append_val (settings_sizes, unset);
}
settings_size = &g_array_index (settings_sizes, SettingsIconSize, size);
settings_size->width = width;
settings_size->height = height;
}
/* Like pango_parse_word, but accept - as well
*/
static gboolean
scan_icon_size_name (const char **pos, GString *out)
{
const char *p = *pos;
while (g_ascii_isspace (*p))
p++;
if (!((*p >= 'A' && *p <= 'Z') ||
(*p >= 'a' && *p <= 'z') ||
*p == '_' || *p == '-'))
return FALSE;
g_string_truncate (out, 0);
g_string_append_c (out, *p);
p++;
while ((*p >= 'A' && *p <= 'Z') ||
(*p >= 'a' && *p <= 'z') ||
(*p >= '0' && *p <= '9') ||
*p == '_' || *p == '-')
{
g_string_append_c (out, *p);
p++;
}
*pos = p;
return TRUE;
}
static void
icon_size_setting_parse (GtkSettings *settings,
const gchar *icon_size_string)
{
GString *name_buf = g_string_new (NULL);
const gchar *p = icon_size_string;
while (pango_skip_space (&p))
{
gint width, height;
if (!scan_icon_size_name (&p, name_buf))
goto err;
if (!pango_skip_space (&p))
goto err;
if (*p != '=')
goto err;
p++;
if (!pango_scan_int (&p, &width))
goto err;
if (!pango_skip_space (&p))
goto err;
if (*p != ',')
goto err;
p++;
if (!pango_scan_int (&p, &height))
goto err;
if (width > 0 && height > 0)
{
icon_size_set_for_settings (settings, name_buf->str,
width, height);
}
else
{
g_warning ("Invalid size in gtk-icon-sizes: %d,%d\n", width, height);
}
pango_skip_space (&p);
if (*p == '\0')
break;
if (*p == ':')
p++;
else
goto err;
}
g_string_free (name_buf, TRUE);
return;
err:
g_warning ("Error parsing gtk-icon-sizes string:\n\t'%s'", icon_size_string);
g_string_free (name_buf, TRUE);
}
static void
icon_size_set_all_from_settings (GtkSettings *settings)
{
GArray *settings_sizes;
gchar *icon_size_string;
/* Reset old settings */
settings_sizes = get_settings_sizes (settings, NULL);
g_array_set_size (settings_sizes, 0);
g_object_get (settings,
"gtk-icon-sizes", &icon_size_string,
NULL);
if (icon_size_string)
{
icon_size_setting_parse (settings, icon_size_string);
g_free (icon_size_string);
}
}
static void
icon_size_settings_changed (GtkSettings *settings,
GParamSpec *pspec)
{
icon_size_set_all_from_settings (settings);
_gtk_rc_reset_styles (settings);
}
static void
icon_sizes_init_for_settings (GtkSettings *settings)
{
g_signal_connect (settings,
"notify::gtk-icon-sizes",
G_CALLBACK (icon_size_settings_changed),
NULL);
icon_size_set_all_from_settings (settings);
}
gboolean
icon_size_lookup_intern (GtkSettings *settings,
GtkIconSize size,
gint *widthp,
gint *heightp)
{
GArray *settings_sizes;
gint width_for_settings = -1;
gint height_for_settings = -1;
init_icon_sizes ();
if (size >= icon_sizes_used || icon_sizes[size].width < 0)
return FALSE;
if (size == GTK_ICON_SIZE_INVALID)
return FALSE;
if (settings)
{
gboolean initial = FALSE;
settings_sizes = get_settings_sizes (settings, &initial);
if (initial)
icon_sizes_init_for_settings (settings);
if (size < settings_sizes->len)
{
SettingsIconSize *settings_size;
settings_size = &g_array_index (settings_sizes, SettingsIconSize, size);
width_for_settings = settings_size->width;
height_for_settings = settings_size->height;
}
}
if (widthp)
*widthp = width_for_settings >= 0 ? width_for_settings : icon_sizes[size].width;
if (heightp)
*heightp = height_for_settings >= 0 ? height_for_settings : icon_sizes[size].height;
return TRUE;
}
/**
* gtk_icon_size_lookup_for_settings:
* @GtkSettings: a #GtkSettings object, used to determine
* which set of user preferences to used.
* @size: an icon size
* @width: location to store icon width
* @height: location to store icon height
*
* Obtains the pixel size of a semantic icon size, possibly
* modified by user preferences for a particular #GtkSettings
* Normally @size would be
* #GTK_ICON_SIZE_MENU, #GTK_ICON_SIZE_BUTTON, etc. This function
* isn't normally needed, gtk_widget_render_icon() is the usual
* way to get an icon for rendering, then just look at the size of
* the rendered pixbuf. The rendered pixbuf may not even correspond to
* the width/height returned by gtk_icon_size_lookup(), because themes
* are free to render the pixbuf however they like, including changing
* the usual size.
*
* Return value: %TRUE if @size was a valid size
**/
gboolean
gtk_icon_size_lookup_for_settings (GtkSettings *settings,
GtkIconSize size,
gint *widthp,
gint *heightp)
{
g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_SETTINGS (settings), FALSE);
return icon_size_lookup_intern (settings, size, widthp, heightp);
}
/**
* gtk_icon_size_lookup:
* @size: an icon size
* @width: location to store icon width
* @height: location to store icon height
*
* Obtains the pixel size of a semantic icon size, possibly
* modified by user preferences for the default #GtkSettings.
* (See gtk_icon_size_lookup_for_settings().)
* Normally @size would be
* #GTK_ICON_SIZE_MENU, #GTK_ICON_SIZE_BUTTON, etc. This function
* isn't normally needed, gtk_widget_render_icon() is the usual
* way to get an icon for rendering, then just look at the size of
* the rendered pixbuf. The rendered pixbuf may not even correspond to
* the width/height returned by gtk_icon_size_lookup(), because themes
* are free to render the pixbuf however they like, including changing
* the usual size.
*
* Return value: %TRUE if @size was a valid size
**/
Move more text widget headers into the private header list 2000-09-26 Havoc Pennington <hp@redhat.com> * gtk/Makefile.am (gtk_private_h_sources): Move more text widget headers into the private header list * Makefile.am (pkgconfig_DATA): install pkg-config files * configure.in: add pkg-config files * gdk-2.0.pc.in, gdk-pixbuf.pc.in, gtk+-2.0.pc.in: pkg-config files * gtk/gtkwindow.c (gtk_window_read_rcfiles): Invalidate outstanding icon caches on theme change. * gtk/gtkiconfactory.h, gtk/gtkiconfactory.c: New icon system. Three important types: (GtkIconSource): Specification for creating a pixbuf appropriate for a direction/state/size triplet from a source pixbuf or filename (GtkIconSet): List of GtkIconSource objects that are used to create the "same" icon (e.g. an OK button icon), and cache for rendered icons (GtkIconFactory): Hash from stock ID to GtkIconSet; used to look up the icon set for a given stock ID. GTK maintains a stack of GtkIconFactory to search, and applications or libraries can add additional icon factories on top of the stack * gtk/gtkrc.h, gtk/gtkrc.c: When loading an RcStyle, parse the set of GtkIconSource specified for a given stock ID into a GtkIconSet, and put the GtkIconSet into a GtkIconFactory for the RcStyle, under the specified stock ID. * gtk/gtkstyle.h, gtk/gtkstyle.c: Add a virtual function render_icon used to derive a GdkPixbuf from a GtkIconSource. This allows people to theme how prelight, insensitive, etc. are done. (gtk_style_lookup_icon_set): Look up a stock ID in the list of icon factories for a style, and return the resulting icon set if any. (gtk_style_render_icon): Render an icon using the render_icon method in the GtkStyleClass. * gtk/gtkwidget.h, gtk/gtkwidget.c (gtk_widget_render_icon): Use the style for a given widget to look up a stock ID, get the icon set, and render an icon using the render_icon method of the style * gtk/gtkstock.h, gtk/gtkstock.c: Header with the GtkStockItem type (contains information about a stock item), the built-in stock item IDs, and functions to add/lookup stock items. * gtk/stock-icons/*: Stock icons that come with GTK * gtk/gtkbutton.h, gtk/gtkbutton.c (gtk_button_new_stock): Returns a button based on a GtkStockItem (gtk_button_new_accel): Takes a uline string and accel group, and installs the accelerator. * gtk/gtkimage.h, gtk/gtkimage.c: Make this into a generic image-display widget.
2000-09-26 20:22:17 +00:00
gboolean
gtk_icon_size_lookup (GtkIconSize size,
Move more text widget headers into the private header list 2000-09-26 Havoc Pennington <hp@redhat.com> * gtk/Makefile.am (gtk_private_h_sources): Move more text widget headers into the private header list * Makefile.am (pkgconfig_DATA): install pkg-config files * configure.in: add pkg-config files * gdk-2.0.pc.in, gdk-pixbuf.pc.in, gtk+-2.0.pc.in: pkg-config files * gtk/gtkwindow.c (gtk_window_read_rcfiles): Invalidate outstanding icon caches on theme change. * gtk/gtkiconfactory.h, gtk/gtkiconfactory.c: New icon system. Three important types: (GtkIconSource): Specification for creating a pixbuf appropriate for a direction/state/size triplet from a source pixbuf or filename (GtkIconSet): List of GtkIconSource objects that are used to create the "same" icon (e.g. an OK button icon), and cache for rendered icons (GtkIconFactory): Hash from stock ID to GtkIconSet; used to look up the icon set for a given stock ID. GTK maintains a stack of GtkIconFactory to search, and applications or libraries can add additional icon factories on top of the stack * gtk/gtkrc.h, gtk/gtkrc.c: When loading an RcStyle, parse the set of GtkIconSource specified for a given stock ID into a GtkIconSet, and put the GtkIconSet into a GtkIconFactory for the RcStyle, under the specified stock ID. * gtk/gtkstyle.h, gtk/gtkstyle.c: Add a virtual function render_icon used to derive a GdkPixbuf from a GtkIconSource. This allows people to theme how prelight, insensitive, etc. are done. (gtk_style_lookup_icon_set): Look up a stock ID in the list of icon factories for a style, and return the resulting icon set if any. (gtk_style_render_icon): Render an icon using the render_icon method in the GtkStyleClass. * gtk/gtkwidget.h, gtk/gtkwidget.c (gtk_widget_render_icon): Use the style for a given widget to look up a stock ID, get the icon set, and render an icon using the render_icon method of the style * gtk/gtkstock.h, gtk/gtkstock.c: Header with the GtkStockItem type (contains information about a stock item), the built-in stock item IDs, and functions to add/lookup stock items. * gtk/stock-icons/*: Stock icons that come with GTK * gtk/gtkbutton.h, gtk/gtkbutton.c (gtk_button_new_stock): Returns a button based on a GtkStockItem (gtk_button_new_accel): Takes a uline string and accel group, and installs the accelerator. * gtk/gtkimage.h, gtk/gtkimage.c: Make this into a generic image-display widget.
2000-09-26 20:22:17 +00:00
gint *widthp,
gint *heightp)
{
GTK_NOTE (MULTIHEAD,
g_warning ("gtk_icon_size_lookup ()) is not multihead safe"));
Move more text widget headers into the private header list 2000-09-26 Havoc Pennington <hp@redhat.com> * gtk/Makefile.am (gtk_private_h_sources): Move more text widget headers into the private header list * Makefile.am (pkgconfig_DATA): install pkg-config files * configure.in: add pkg-config files * gdk-2.0.pc.in, gdk-pixbuf.pc.in, gtk+-2.0.pc.in: pkg-config files * gtk/gtkwindow.c (gtk_window_read_rcfiles): Invalidate outstanding icon caches on theme change. * gtk/gtkiconfactory.h, gtk/gtkiconfactory.c: New icon system. Three important types: (GtkIconSource): Specification for creating a pixbuf appropriate for a direction/state/size triplet from a source pixbuf or filename (GtkIconSet): List of GtkIconSource objects that are used to create the "same" icon (e.g. an OK button icon), and cache for rendered icons (GtkIconFactory): Hash from stock ID to GtkIconSet; used to look up the icon set for a given stock ID. GTK maintains a stack of GtkIconFactory to search, and applications or libraries can add additional icon factories on top of the stack * gtk/gtkrc.h, gtk/gtkrc.c: When loading an RcStyle, parse the set of GtkIconSource specified for a given stock ID into a GtkIconSet, and put the GtkIconSet into a GtkIconFactory for the RcStyle, under the specified stock ID. * gtk/gtkstyle.h, gtk/gtkstyle.c: Add a virtual function render_icon used to derive a GdkPixbuf from a GtkIconSource. This allows people to theme how prelight, insensitive, etc. are done. (gtk_style_lookup_icon_set): Look up a stock ID in the list of icon factories for a style, and return the resulting icon set if any. (gtk_style_render_icon): Render an icon using the render_icon method in the GtkStyleClass. * gtk/gtkwidget.h, gtk/gtkwidget.c (gtk_widget_render_icon): Use the style for a given widget to look up a stock ID, get the icon set, and render an icon using the render_icon method of the style * gtk/gtkstock.h, gtk/gtkstock.c: Header with the GtkStockItem type (contains information about a stock item), the built-in stock item IDs, and functions to add/lookup stock items. * gtk/stock-icons/*: Stock icons that come with GTK * gtk/gtkbutton.h, gtk/gtkbutton.c (gtk_button_new_stock): Returns a button based on a GtkStockItem (gtk_button_new_accel): Takes a uline string and accel group, and installs the accelerator. * gtk/gtkimage.h, gtk/gtkimage.c: Make this into a generic image-display widget.
2000-09-26 20:22:17 +00:00
return gtk_icon_size_lookup_for_settings (gtk_settings_get_default (),
size, widthp, heightp);
}
Move more text widget headers into the private header list 2000-09-26 Havoc Pennington <hp@redhat.com> * gtk/Makefile.am (gtk_private_h_sources): Move more text widget headers into the private header list * Makefile.am (pkgconfig_DATA): install pkg-config files * configure.in: add pkg-config files * gdk-2.0.pc.in, gdk-pixbuf.pc.in, gtk+-2.0.pc.in: pkg-config files * gtk/gtkwindow.c (gtk_window_read_rcfiles): Invalidate outstanding icon caches on theme change. * gtk/gtkiconfactory.h, gtk/gtkiconfactory.c: New icon system. Three important types: (GtkIconSource): Specification for creating a pixbuf appropriate for a direction/state/size triplet from a source pixbuf or filename (GtkIconSet): List of GtkIconSource objects that are used to create the "same" icon (e.g. an OK button icon), and cache for rendered icons (GtkIconFactory): Hash from stock ID to GtkIconSet; used to look up the icon set for a given stock ID. GTK maintains a stack of GtkIconFactory to search, and applications or libraries can add additional icon factories on top of the stack * gtk/gtkrc.h, gtk/gtkrc.c: When loading an RcStyle, parse the set of GtkIconSource specified for a given stock ID into a GtkIconSet, and put the GtkIconSet into a GtkIconFactory for the RcStyle, under the specified stock ID. * gtk/gtkstyle.h, gtk/gtkstyle.c: Add a virtual function render_icon used to derive a GdkPixbuf from a GtkIconSource. This allows people to theme how prelight, insensitive, etc. are done. (gtk_style_lookup_icon_set): Look up a stock ID in the list of icon factories for a style, and return the resulting icon set if any. (gtk_style_render_icon): Render an icon using the render_icon method in the GtkStyleClass. * gtk/gtkwidget.h, gtk/gtkwidget.c (gtk_widget_render_icon): Use the style for a given widget to look up a stock ID, get the icon set, and render an icon using the render_icon method of the style * gtk/gtkstock.h, gtk/gtkstock.c: Header with the GtkStockItem type (contains information about a stock item), the built-in stock item IDs, and functions to add/lookup stock items. * gtk/stock-icons/*: Stock icons that come with GTK * gtk/gtkbutton.h, gtk/gtkbutton.c (gtk_button_new_stock): Returns a button based on a GtkStockItem (gtk_button_new_accel): Takes a uline string and accel group, and installs the accelerator. * gtk/gtkimage.h, gtk/gtkimage.c: Make this into a generic image-display widget.
2000-09-26 20:22:17 +00:00
static GtkIconSize
icon_size_register_intern (const gchar *name,
gint width,
gint height)
{
IconAlias *old_alias;
GtkIconSize size;
init_icon_sizes ();
Move more text widget headers into the private header list 2000-09-26 Havoc Pennington <hp@redhat.com> * gtk/Makefile.am (gtk_private_h_sources): Move more text widget headers into the private header list * Makefile.am (pkgconfig_DATA): install pkg-config files * configure.in: add pkg-config files * gdk-2.0.pc.in, gdk-pixbuf.pc.in, gtk+-2.0.pc.in: pkg-config files * gtk/gtkwindow.c (gtk_window_read_rcfiles): Invalidate outstanding icon caches on theme change. * gtk/gtkiconfactory.h, gtk/gtkiconfactory.c: New icon system. Three important types: (GtkIconSource): Specification for creating a pixbuf appropriate for a direction/state/size triplet from a source pixbuf or filename (GtkIconSet): List of GtkIconSource objects that are used to create the "same" icon (e.g. an OK button icon), and cache for rendered icons (GtkIconFactory): Hash from stock ID to GtkIconSet; used to look up the icon set for a given stock ID. GTK maintains a stack of GtkIconFactory to search, and applications or libraries can add additional icon factories on top of the stack * gtk/gtkrc.h, gtk/gtkrc.c: When loading an RcStyle, parse the set of GtkIconSource specified for a given stock ID into a GtkIconSet, and put the GtkIconSet into a GtkIconFactory for the RcStyle, under the specified stock ID. * gtk/gtkstyle.h, gtk/gtkstyle.c: Add a virtual function render_icon used to derive a GdkPixbuf from a GtkIconSource. This allows people to theme how prelight, insensitive, etc. are done. (gtk_style_lookup_icon_set): Look up a stock ID in the list of icon factories for a style, and return the resulting icon set if any. (gtk_style_render_icon): Render an icon using the render_icon method in the GtkStyleClass. * gtk/gtkwidget.h, gtk/gtkwidget.c (gtk_widget_render_icon): Use the style for a given widget to look up a stock ID, get the icon set, and render an icon using the render_icon method of the style * gtk/gtkstock.h, gtk/gtkstock.c: Header with the GtkStockItem type (contains information about a stock item), the built-in stock item IDs, and functions to add/lookup stock items. * gtk/stock-icons/*: Stock icons that come with GTK * gtk/gtkbutton.h, gtk/gtkbutton.c (gtk_button_new_stock): Returns a button based on a GtkStockItem (gtk_button_new_accel): Takes a uline string and accel group, and installs the accelerator. * gtk/gtkimage.h, gtk/gtkimage.c: Make this into a generic image-display widget.
2000-09-26 20:22:17 +00:00
old_alias = g_hash_table_lookup (icon_aliases, name);
if (old_alias && icon_sizes[old_alias->target].width > 0)
{
g_warning ("Icon size name '%s' already exists", name);
return GTK_ICON_SIZE_INVALID;
}
Move more text widget headers into the private header list 2000-09-26 Havoc Pennington <hp@redhat.com> * gtk/Makefile.am (gtk_private_h_sources): Move more text widget headers into the private header list * Makefile.am (pkgconfig_DATA): install pkg-config files * configure.in: add pkg-config files * gdk-2.0.pc.in, gdk-pixbuf.pc.in, gtk+-2.0.pc.in: pkg-config files * gtk/gtkwindow.c (gtk_window_read_rcfiles): Invalidate outstanding icon caches on theme change. * gtk/gtkiconfactory.h, gtk/gtkiconfactory.c: New icon system. Three important types: (GtkIconSource): Specification for creating a pixbuf appropriate for a direction/state/size triplet from a source pixbuf or filename (GtkIconSet): List of GtkIconSource objects that are used to create the "same" icon (e.g. an OK button icon), and cache for rendered icons (GtkIconFactory): Hash from stock ID to GtkIconSet; used to look up the icon set for a given stock ID. GTK maintains a stack of GtkIconFactory to search, and applications or libraries can add additional icon factories on top of the stack * gtk/gtkrc.h, gtk/gtkrc.c: When loading an RcStyle, parse the set of GtkIconSource specified for a given stock ID into a GtkIconSet, and put the GtkIconSet into a GtkIconFactory for the RcStyle, under the specified stock ID. * gtk/gtkstyle.h, gtk/gtkstyle.c: Add a virtual function render_icon used to derive a GdkPixbuf from a GtkIconSource. This allows people to theme how prelight, insensitive, etc. are done. (gtk_style_lookup_icon_set): Look up a stock ID in the list of icon factories for a style, and return the resulting icon set if any. (gtk_style_render_icon): Render an icon using the render_icon method in the GtkStyleClass. * gtk/gtkwidget.h, gtk/gtkwidget.c (gtk_widget_render_icon): Use the style for a given widget to look up a stock ID, get the icon set, and render an icon using the render_icon method of the style * gtk/gtkstock.h, gtk/gtkstock.c: Header with the GtkStockItem type (contains information about a stock item), the built-in stock item IDs, and functions to add/lookup stock items. * gtk/stock-icons/*: Stock icons that come with GTK * gtk/gtkbutton.h, gtk/gtkbutton.c (gtk_button_new_stock): Returns a button based on a GtkStockItem (gtk_button_new_accel): Takes a uline string and accel group, and installs the accelerator. * gtk/gtkimage.h, gtk/gtkimage.c: Make this into a generic image-display widget.
2000-09-26 20:22:17 +00:00
if (old_alias)
{
size = old_alias->target;
}
else
{
if (icon_sizes_used == icon_sizes_allocated)
{
icon_sizes_allocated *= 2;
icon_sizes = g_renew (IconSize, icon_sizes, icon_sizes_allocated);
}
size = icon_sizes_used++;
/* alias to self. */
gtk_icon_size_register_alias (name, size);
icon_sizes[size].size = size;
icon_sizes[size].name = g_strdup (name);
}
icon_sizes[size].width = width;
icon_sizes[size].height = height;
return size;
Move more text widget headers into the private header list 2000-09-26 Havoc Pennington <hp@redhat.com> * gtk/Makefile.am (gtk_private_h_sources): Move more text widget headers into the private header list * Makefile.am (pkgconfig_DATA): install pkg-config files * configure.in: add pkg-config files * gdk-2.0.pc.in, gdk-pixbuf.pc.in, gtk+-2.0.pc.in: pkg-config files * gtk/gtkwindow.c (gtk_window_read_rcfiles): Invalidate outstanding icon caches on theme change. * gtk/gtkiconfactory.h, gtk/gtkiconfactory.c: New icon system. Three important types: (GtkIconSource): Specification for creating a pixbuf appropriate for a direction/state/size triplet from a source pixbuf or filename (GtkIconSet): List of GtkIconSource objects that are used to create the "same" icon (e.g. an OK button icon), and cache for rendered icons (GtkIconFactory): Hash from stock ID to GtkIconSet; used to look up the icon set for a given stock ID. GTK maintains a stack of GtkIconFactory to search, and applications or libraries can add additional icon factories on top of the stack * gtk/gtkrc.h, gtk/gtkrc.c: When loading an RcStyle, parse the set of GtkIconSource specified for a given stock ID into a GtkIconSet, and put the GtkIconSet into a GtkIconFactory for the RcStyle, under the specified stock ID. * gtk/gtkstyle.h, gtk/gtkstyle.c: Add a virtual function render_icon used to derive a GdkPixbuf from a GtkIconSource. This allows people to theme how prelight, insensitive, etc. are done. (gtk_style_lookup_icon_set): Look up a stock ID in the list of icon factories for a style, and return the resulting icon set if any. (gtk_style_render_icon): Render an icon using the render_icon method in the GtkStyleClass. * gtk/gtkwidget.h, gtk/gtkwidget.c (gtk_widget_render_icon): Use the style for a given widget to look up a stock ID, get the icon set, and render an icon using the render_icon method of the style * gtk/gtkstock.h, gtk/gtkstock.c: Header with the GtkStockItem type (contains information about a stock item), the built-in stock item IDs, and functions to add/lookup stock items. * gtk/stock-icons/*: Stock icons that come with GTK * gtk/gtkbutton.h, gtk/gtkbutton.c (gtk_button_new_stock): Returns a button based on a GtkStockItem (gtk_button_new_accel): Takes a uline string and accel group, and installs the accelerator. * gtk/gtkimage.h, gtk/gtkimage.c: Make this into a generic image-display widget.
2000-09-26 20:22:17 +00:00
}
/**
* gtk_icon_size_register:
* @name: name of the icon size
* @width: the icon width
* @height: the icon height
*
* Registers a new icon size, along the same lines as #GTK_ICON_SIZE_MENU,
* etc. Returns the integer value for the size.
*
* Returns: integer value representing the size
*
**/
GtkIconSize
gtk_icon_size_register (const gchar *name,
Move more text widget headers into the private header list 2000-09-26 Havoc Pennington <hp@redhat.com> * gtk/Makefile.am (gtk_private_h_sources): Move more text widget headers into the private header list * Makefile.am (pkgconfig_DATA): install pkg-config files * configure.in: add pkg-config files * gdk-2.0.pc.in, gdk-pixbuf.pc.in, gtk+-2.0.pc.in: pkg-config files * gtk/gtkwindow.c (gtk_window_read_rcfiles): Invalidate outstanding icon caches on theme change. * gtk/gtkiconfactory.h, gtk/gtkiconfactory.c: New icon system. Three important types: (GtkIconSource): Specification for creating a pixbuf appropriate for a direction/state/size triplet from a source pixbuf or filename (GtkIconSet): List of GtkIconSource objects that are used to create the "same" icon (e.g. an OK button icon), and cache for rendered icons (GtkIconFactory): Hash from stock ID to GtkIconSet; used to look up the icon set for a given stock ID. GTK maintains a stack of GtkIconFactory to search, and applications or libraries can add additional icon factories on top of the stack * gtk/gtkrc.h, gtk/gtkrc.c: When loading an RcStyle, parse the set of GtkIconSource specified for a given stock ID into a GtkIconSet, and put the GtkIconSet into a GtkIconFactory for the RcStyle, under the specified stock ID. * gtk/gtkstyle.h, gtk/gtkstyle.c: Add a virtual function render_icon used to derive a GdkPixbuf from a GtkIconSource. This allows people to theme how prelight, insensitive, etc. are done. (gtk_style_lookup_icon_set): Look up a stock ID in the list of icon factories for a style, and return the resulting icon set if any. (gtk_style_render_icon): Render an icon using the render_icon method in the GtkStyleClass. * gtk/gtkwidget.h, gtk/gtkwidget.c (gtk_widget_render_icon): Use the style for a given widget to look up a stock ID, get the icon set, and render an icon using the render_icon method of the style * gtk/gtkstock.h, gtk/gtkstock.c: Header with the GtkStockItem type (contains information about a stock item), the built-in stock item IDs, and functions to add/lookup stock items. * gtk/stock-icons/*: Stock icons that come with GTK * gtk/gtkbutton.h, gtk/gtkbutton.c (gtk_button_new_stock): Returns a button based on a GtkStockItem (gtk_button_new_accel): Takes a uline string and accel group, and installs the accelerator. * gtk/gtkimage.h, gtk/gtkimage.c: Make this into a generic image-display widget.
2000-09-26 20:22:17 +00:00
gint width,
gint height)
{
g_return_val_if_fail (name != NULL, 0);
g_return_val_if_fail (width > 0, 0);
g_return_val_if_fail (height > 0, 0);
Move more text widget headers into the private header list 2000-09-26 Havoc Pennington <hp@redhat.com> * gtk/Makefile.am (gtk_private_h_sources): Move more text widget headers into the private header list * Makefile.am (pkgconfig_DATA): install pkg-config files * configure.in: add pkg-config files * gdk-2.0.pc.in, gdk-pixbuf.pc.in, gtk+-2.0.pc.in: pkg-config files * gtk/gtkwindow.c (gtk_window_read_rcfiles): Invalidate outstanding icon caches on theme change. * gtk/gtkiconfactory.h, gtk/gtkiconfactory.c: New icon system. Three important types: (GtkIconSource): Specification for creating a pixbuf appropriate for a direction/state/size triplet from a source pixbuf or filename (GtkIconSet): List of GtkIconSource objects that are used to create the "same" icon (e.g. an OK button icon), and cache for rendered icons (GtkIconFactory): Hash from stock ID to GtkIconSet; used to look up the icon set for a given stock ID. GTK maintains a stack of GtkIconFactory to search, and applications or libraries can add additional icon factories on top of the stack * gtk/gtkrc.h, gtk/gtkrc.c: When loading an RcStyle, parse the set of GtkIconSource specified for a given stock ID into a GtkIconSet, and put the GtkIconSet into a GtkIconFactory for the RcStyle, under the specified stock ID. * gtk/gtkstyle.h, gtk/gtkstyle.c: Add a virtual function render_icon used to derive a GdkPixbuf from a GtkIconSource. This allows people to theme how prelight, insensitive, etc. are done. (gtk_style_lookup_icon_set): Look up a stock ID in the list of icon factories for a style, and return the resulting icon set if any. (gtk_style_render_icon): Render an icon using the render_icon method in the GtkStyleClass. * gtk/gtkwidget.h, gtk/gtkwidget.c (gtk_widget_render_icon): Use the style for a given widget to look up a stock ID, get the icon set, and render an icon using the render_icon method of the style * gtk/gtkstock.h, gtk/gtkstock.c: Header with the GtkStockItem type (contains information about a stock item), the built-in stock item IDs, and functions to add/lookup stock items. * gtk/stock-icons/*: Stock icons that come with GTK * gtk/gtkbutton.h, gtk/gtkbutton.c (gtk_button_new_stock): Returns a button based on a GtkStockItem (gtk_button_new_accel): Takes a uline string and accel group, and installs the accelerator. * gtk/gtkimage.h, gtk/gtkimage.c: Make this into a generic image-display widget.
2000-09-26 20:22:17 +00:00
return icon_size_register_intern (name, width, height);
Move more text widget headers into the private header list 2000-09-26 Havoc Pennington <hp@redhat.com> * gtk/Makefile.am (gtk_private_h_sources): Move more text widget headers into the private header list * Makefile.am (pkgconfig_DATA): install pkg-config files * configure.in: add pkg-config files * gdk-2.0.pc.in, gdk-pixbuf.pc.in, gtk+-2.0.pc.in: pkg-config files * gtk/gtkwindow.c (gtk_window_read_rcfiles): Invalidate outstanding icon caches on theme change. * gtk/gtkiconfactory.h, gtk/gtkiconfactory.c: New icon system. Three important types: (GtkIconSource): Specification for creating a pixbuf appropriate for a direction/state/size triplet from a source pixbuf or filename (GtkIconSet): List of GtkIconSource objects that are used to create the "same" icon (e.g. an OK button icon), and cache for rendered icons (GtkIconFactory): Hash from stock ID to GtkIconSet; used to look up the icon set for a given stock ID. GTK maintains a stack of GtkIconFactory to search, and applications or libraries can add additional icon factories on top of the stack * gtk/gtkrc.h, gtk/gtkrc.c: When loading an RcStyle, parse the set of GtkIconSource specified for a given stock ID into a GtkIconSet, and put the GtkIconSet into a GtkIconFactory for the RcStyle, under the specified stock ID. * gtk/gtkstyle.h, gtk/gtkstyle.c: Add a virtual function render_icon used to derive a GdkPixbuf from a GtkIconSource. This allows people to theme how prelight, insensitive, etc. are done. (gtk_style_lookup_icon_set): Look up a stock ID in the list of icon factories for a style, and return the resulting icon set if any. (gtk_style_render_icon): Render an icon using the render_icon method in the GtkStyleClass. * gtk/gtkwidget.h, gtk/gtkwidget.c (gtk_widget_render_icon): Use the style for a given widget to look up a stock ID, get the icon set, and render an icon using the render_icon method of the style * gtk/gtkstock.h, gtk/gtkstock.c: Header with the GtkStockItem type (contains information about a stock item), the built-in stock item IDs, and functions to add/lookup stock items. * gtk/stock-icons/*: Stock icons that come with GTK * gtk/gtkbutton.h, gtk/gtkbutton.c (gtk_button_new_stock): Returns a button based on a GtkStockItem (gtk_button_new_accel): Takes a uline string and accel group, and installs the accelerator. * gtk/gtkimage.h, gtk/gtkimage.c: Make this into a generic image-display widget.
2000-09-26 20:22:17 +00:00
}
/**
* gtk_icon_size_register_alias:
* @alias: an alias for @target
* @target: an existing icon size
*
* Registers @alias as another name for @target.
* So calling gtk_icon_size_from_name() with @alias as argument
* will return @target.
*
**/
Move more text widget headers into the private header list 2000-09-26 Havoc Pennington <hp@redhat.com> * gtk/Makefile.am (gtk_private_h_sources): Move more text widget headers into the private header list * Makefile.am (pkgconfig_DATA): install pkg-config files * configure.in: add pkg-config files * gdk-2.0.pc.in, gdk-pixbuf.pc.in, gtk+-2.0.pc.in: pkg-config files * gtk/gtkwindow.c (gtk_window_read_rcfiles): Invalidate outstanding icon caches on theme change. * gtk/gtkiconfactory.h, gtk/gtkiconfactory.c: New icon system. Three important types: (GtkIconSource): Specification for creating a pixbuf appropriate for a direction/state/size triplet from a source pixbuf or filename (GtkIconSet): List of GtkIconSource objects that are used to create the "same" icon (e.g. an OK button icon), and cache for rendered icons (GtkIconFactory): Hash from stock ID to GtkIconSet; used to look up the icon set for a given stock ID. GTK maintains a stack of GtkIconFactory to search, and applications or libraries can add additional icon factories on top of the stack * gtk/gtkrc.h, gtk/gtkrc.c: When loading an RcStyle, parse the set of GtkIconSource specified for a given stock ID into a GtkIconSet, and put the GtkIconSet into a GtkIconFactory for the RcStyle, under the specified stock ID. * gtk/gtkstyle.h, gtk/gtkstyle.c: Add a virtual function render_icon used to derive a GdkPixbuf from a GtkIconSource. This allows people to theme how prelight, insensitive, etc. are done. (gtk_style_lookup_icon_set): Look up a stock ID in the list of icon factories for a style, and return the resulting icon set if any. (gtk_style_render_icon): Render an icon using the render_icon method in the GtkStyleClass. * gtk/gtkwidget.h, gtk/gtkwidget.c (gtk_widget_render_icon): Use the style for a given widget to look up a stock ID, get the icon set, and render an icon using the render_icon method of the style * gtk/gtkstock.h, gtk/gtkstock.c: Header with the GtkStockItem type (contains information about a stock item), the built-in stock item IDs, and functions to add/lookup stock items. * gtk/stock-icons/*: Stock icons that come with GTK * gtk/gtkbutton.h, gtk/gtkbutton.c (gtk_button_new_stock): Returns a button based on a GtkStockItem (gtk_button_new_accel): Takes a uline string and accel group, and installs the accelerator. * gtk/gtkimage.h, gtk/gtkimage.c: Make this into a generic image-display widget.
2000-09-26 20:22:17 +00:00
void
gtk_icon_size_register_alias (const gchar *alias,
GtkIconSize target)
Move more text widget headers into the private header list 2000-09-26 Havoc Pennington <hp@redhat.com> * gtk/Makefile.am (gtk_private_h_sources): Move more text widget headers into the private header list * Makefile.am (pkgconfig_DATA): install pkg-config files * configure.in: add pkg-config files * gdk-2.0.pc.in, gdk-pixbuf.pc.in, gtk+-2.0.pc.in: pkg-config files * gtk/gtkwindow.c (gtk_window_read_rcfiles): Invalidate outstanding icon caches on theme change. * gtk/gtkiconfactory.h, gtk/gtkiconfactory.c: New icon system. Three important types: (GtkIconSource): Specification for creating a pixbuf appropriate for a direction/state/size triplet from a source pixbuf or filename (GtkIconSet): List of GtkIconSource objects that are used to create the "same" icon (e.g. an OK button icon), and cache for rendered icons (GtkIconFactory): Hash from stock ID to GtkIconSet; used to look up the icon set for a given stock ID. GTK maintains a stack of GtkIconFactory to search, and applications or libraries can add additional icon factories on top of the stack * gtk/gtkrc.h, gtk/gtkrc.c: When loading an RcStyle, parse the set of GtkIconSource specified for a given stock ID into a GtkIconSet, and put the GtkIconSet into a GtkIconFactory for the RcStyle, under the specified stock ID. * gtk/gtkstyle.h, gtk/gtkstyle.c: Add a virtual function render_icon used to derive a GdkPixbuf from a GtkIconSource. This allows people to theme how prelight, insensitive, etc. are done. (gtk_style_lookup_icon_set): Look up a stock ID in the list of icon factories for a style, and return the resulting icon set if any. (gtk_style_render_icon): Render an icon using the render_icon method in the GtkStyleClass. * gtk/gtkwidget.h, gtk/gtkwidget.c (gtk_widget_render_icon): Use the style for a given widget to look up a stock ID, get the icon set, and render an icon using the render_icon method of the style * gtk/gtkstock.h, gtk/gtkstock.c: Header with the GtkStockItem type (contains information about a stock item), the built-in stock item IDs, and functions to add/lookup stock items. * gtk/stock-icons/*: Stock icons that come with GTK * gtk/gtkbutton.h, gtk/gtkbutton.c (gtk_button_new_stock): Returns a button based on a GtkStockItem (gtk_button_new_accel): Takes a uline string and accel group, and installs the accelerator. * gtk/gtkimage.h, gtk/gtkimage.c: Make this into a generic image-display widget.
2000-09-26 20:22:17 +00:00
{
IconAlias *ia;
Move more text widget headers into the private header list 2000-09-26 Havoc Pennington <hp@redhat.com> * gtk/Makefile.am (gtk_private_h_sources): Move more text widget headers into the private header list * Makefile.am (pkgconfig_DATA): install pkg-config files * configure.in: add pkg-config files * gdk-2.0.pc.in, gdk-pixbuf.pc.in, gtk+-2.0.pc.in: pkg-config files * gtk/gtkwindow.c (gtk_window_read_rcfiles): Invalidate outstanding icon caches on theme change. * gtk/gtkiconfactory.h, gtk/gtkiconfactory.c: New icon system. Three important types: (GtkIconSource): Specification for creating a pixbuf appropriate for a direction/state/size triplet from a source pixbuf or filename (GtkIconSet): List of GtkIconSource objects that are used to create the "same" icon (e.g. an OK button icon), and cache for rendered icons (GtkIconFactory): Hash from stock ID to GtkIconSet; used to look up the icon set for a given stock ID. GTK maintains a stack of GtkIconFactory to search, and applications or libraries can add additional icon factories on top of the stack * gtk/gtkrc.h, gtk/gtkrc.c: When loading an RcStyle, parse the set of GtkIconSource specified for a given stock ID into a GtkIconSet, and put the GtkIconSet into a GtkIconFactory for the RcStyle, under the specified stock ID. * gtk/gtkstyle.h, gtk/gtkstyle.c: Add a virtual function render_icon used to derive a GdkPixbuf from a GtkIconSource. This allows people to theme how prelight, insensitive, etc. are done. (gtk_style_lookup_icon_set): Look up a stock ID in the list of icon factories for a style, and return the resulting icon set if any. (gtk_style_render_icon): Render an icon using the render_icon method in the GtkStyleClass. * gtk/gtkwidget.h, gtk/gtkwidget.c (gtk_widget_render_icon): Use the style for a given widget to look up a stock ID, get the icon set, and render an icon using the render_icon method of the style * gtk/gtkstock.h, gtk/gtkstock.c: Header with the GtkStockItem type (contains information about a stock item), the built-in stock item IDs, and functions to add/lookup stock items. * gtk/stock-icons/*: Stock icons that come with GTK * gtk/gtkbutton.h, gtk/gtkbutton.c (gtk_button_new_stock): Returns a button based on a GtkStockItem (gtk_button_new_accel): Takes a uline string and accel group, and installs the accelerator. * gtk/gtkimage.h, gtk/gtkimage.c: Make this into a generic image-display widget.
2000-09-26 20:22:17 +00:00
g_return_if_fail (alias != NULL);
init_icon_sizes ();
if (!icon_size_lookup_intern (NULL, target, NULL, NULL))
g_warning ("gtk_icon_size_register_alias: Icon size %d does not exist", target);
ia = g_hash_table_lookup (icon_aliases, alias);
if (ia)
{
if (icon_sizes[ia->target].width > 0)
{
g_warning ("gtk_icon_size_register_alias: Icon size name '%s' already exists", alias);
return;
}
ia->target = target;
}
if (!ia)
{
ia = g_new (IconAlias, 1);
ia->name = g_strdup (alias);
ia->target = target;
g_hash_table_insert (icon_aliases, ia->name, ia);
}
}
/**
* gtk_icon_size_from_name:
* @name: the name to look up.
* @returns: the icon size with the given name.
*
* Looks up the icon size associated with @name.
**/
GtkIconSize
gtk_icon_size_from_name (const gchar *name)
{
IconAlias *ia;
init_icon_sizes ();
ia = g_hash_table_lookup (icon_aliases, name);
if (ia && icon_sizes[ia->target].width > 0)
return ia->target;
else
return GTK_ICON_SIZE_INVALID;
}
/**
* gtk_icon_size_get_name:
* @size: a #GtkIconSize.
* @returns: the name of the given icon size.
*
* Gets the canonical name of the given icon size. The returned string
* is statically allocated and should not be freed.
**/
G_CONST_RETURN gchar*
gtk_icon_size_get_name (GtkIconSize size)
{
if (size >= icon_sizes_used)
return NULL;
else
return icon_sizes[size].name;
Move more text widget headers into the private header list 2000-09-26 Havoc Pennington <hp@redhat.com> * gtk/Makefile.am (gtk_private_h_sources): Move more text widget headers into the private header list * Makefile.am (pkgconfig_DATA): install pkg-config files * configure.in: add pkg-config files * gdk-2.0.pc.in, gdk-pixbuf.pc.in, gtk+-2.0.pc.in: pkg-config files * gtk/gtkwindow.c (gtk_window_read_rcfiles): Invalidate outstanding icon caches on theme change. * gtk/gtkiconfactory.h, gtk/gtkiconfactory.c: New icon system. Three important types: (GtkIconSource): Specification for creating a pixbuf appropriate for a direction/state/size triplet from a source pixbuf or filename (GtkIconSet): List of GtkIconSource objects that are used to create the "same" icon (e.g. an OK button icon), and cache for rendered icons (GtkIconFactory): Hash from stock ID to GtkIconSet; used to look up the icon set for a given stock ID. GTK maintains a stack of GtkIconFactory to search, and applications or libraries can add additional icon factories on top of the stack * gtk/gtkrc.h, gtk/gtkrc.c: When loading an RcStyle, parse the set of GtkIconSource specified for a given stock ID into a GtkIconSet, and put the GtkIconSet into a GtkIconFactory for the RcStyle, under the specified stock ID. * gtk/gtkstyle.h, gtk/gtkstyle.c: Add a virtual function render_icon used to derive a GdkPixbuf from a GtkIconSource. This allows people to theme how prelight, insensitive, etc. are done. (gtk_style_lookup_icon_set): Look up a stock ID in the list of icon factories for a style, and return the resulting icon set if any. (gtk_style_render_icon): Render an icon using the render_icon method in the GtkStyleClass. * gtk/gtkwidget.h, gtk/gtkwidget.c (gtk_widget_render_icon): Use the style for a given widget to look up a stock ID, get the icon set, and render an icon using the render_icon method of the style * gtk/gtkstock.h, gtk/gtkstock.c: Header with the GtkStockItem type (contains information about a stock item), the built-in stock item IDs, and functions to add/lookup stock items. * gtk/stock-icons/*: Stock icons that come with GTK * gtk/gtkbutton.h, gtk/gtkbutton.c (gtk_button_new_stock): Returns a button based on a GtkStockItem (gtk_button_new_accel): Takes a uline string and accel group, and installs the accelerator. * gtk/gtkimage.h, gtk/gtkimage.c: Make this into a generic image-display widget.
2000-09-26 20:22:17 +00:00
}
/************************************************************/
Move more text widget headers into the private header list 2000-09-26 Havoc Pennington <hp@redhat.com> * gtk/Makefile.am (gtk_private_h_sources): Move more text widget headers into the private header list * Makefile.am (pkgconfig_DATA): install pkg-config files * configure.in: add pkg-config files * gdk-2.0.pc.in, gdk-pixbuf.pc.in, gtk+-2.0.pc.in: pkg-config files * gtk/gtkwindow.c (gtk_window_read_rcfiles): Invalidate outstanding icon caches on theme change. * gtk/gtkiconfactory.h, gtk/gtkiconfactory.c: New icon system. Three important types: (GtkIconSource): Specification for creating a pixbuf appropriate for a direction/state/size triplet from a source pixbuf or filename (GtkIconSet): List of GtkIconSource objects that are used to create the "same" icon (e.g. an OK button icon), and cache for rendered icons (GtkIconFactory): Hash from stock ID to GtkIconSet; used to look up the icon set for a given stock ID. GTK maintains a stack of GtkIconFactory to search, and applications or libraries can add additional icon factories on top of the stack * gtk/gtkrc.h, gtk/gtkrc.c: When loading an RcStyle, parse the set of GtkIconSource specified for a given stock ID into a GtkIconSet, and put the GtkIconSet into a GtkIconFactory for the RcStyle, under the specified stock ID. * gtk/gtkstyle.h, gtk/gtkstyle.c: Add a virtual function render_icon used to derive a GdkPixbuf from a GtkIconSource. This allows people to theme how prelight, insensitive, etc. are done. (gtk_style_lookup_icon_set): Look up a stock ID in the list of icon factories for a style, and return the resulting icon set if any. (gtk_style_render_icon): Render an icon using the render_icon method in the GtkStyleClass. * gtk/gtkwidget.h, gtk/gtkwidget.c (gtk_widget_render_icon): Use the style for a given widget to look up a stock ID, get the icon set, and render an icon using the render_icon method of the style * gtk/gtkstock.h, gtk/gtkstock.c: Header with the GtkStockItem type (contains information about a stock item), the built-in stock item IDs, and functions to add/lookup stock items. * gtk/stock-icons/*: Stock icons that come with GTK * gtk/gtkbutton.h, gtk/gtkbutton.c (gtk_button_new_stock): Returns a button based on a GtkStockItem (gtk_button_new_accel): Takes a uline string and accel group, and installs the accelerator. * gtk/gtkimage.h, gtk/gtkimage.c: Make this into a generic image-display widget.
2000-09-26 20:22:17 +00:00
/* Icon Set */
/* Clear icon set contents, drop references to all contained
* GdkPixbuf objects and forget all GtkIconSources. Used to
* recycle an icon set.
*/
static GdkPixbuf *find_in_cache (GtkIconSet *icon_set,
GtkStyle *style,
GtkTextDirection direction,
GtkStateType state,
GtkIconSize size);
Move more text widget headers into the private header list 2000-09-26 Havoc Pennington <hp@redhat.com> * gtk/Makefile.am (gtk_private_h_sources): Move more text widget headers into the private header list * Makefile.am (pkgconfig_DATA): install pkg-config files * configure.in: add pkg-config files * gdk-2.0.pc.in, gdk-pixbuf.pc.in, gtk+-2.0.pc.in: pkg-config files * gtk/gtkwindow.c (gtk_window_read_rcfiles): Invalidate outstanding icon caches on theme change. * gtk/gtkiconfactory.h, gtk/gtkiconfactory.c: New icon system. Three important types: (GtkIconSource): Specification for creating a pixbuf appropriate for a direction/state/size triplet from a source pixbuf or filename (GtkIconSet): List of GtkIconSource objects that are used to create the "same" icon (e.g. an OK button icon), and cache for rendered icons (GtkIconFactory): Hash from stock ID to GtkIconSet; used to look up the icon set for a given stock ID. GTK maintains a stack of GtkIconFactory to search, and applications or libraries can add additional icon factories on top of the stack * gtk/gtkrc.h, gtk/gtkrc.c: When loading an RcStyle, parse the set of GtkIconSource specified for a given stock ID into a GtkIconSet, and put the GtkIconSet into a GtkIconFactory for the RcStyle, under the specified stock ID. * gtk/gtkstyle.h, gtk/gtkstyle.c: Add a virtual function render_icon used to derive a GdkPixbuf from a GtkIconSource. This allows people to theme how prelight, insensitive, etc. are done. (gtk_style_lookup_icon_set): Look up a stock ID in the list of icon factories for a style, and return the resulting icon set if any. (gtk_style_render_icon): Render an icon using the render_icon method in the GtkStyleClass. * gtk/gtkwidget.h, gtk/gtkwidget.c (gtk_widget_render_icon): Use the style for a given widget to look up a stock ID, get the icon set, and render an icon using the render_icon method of the style * gtk/gtkstock.h, gtk/gtkstock.c: Header with the GtkStockItem type (contains information about a stock item), the built-in stock item IDs, and functions to add/lookup stock items. * gtk/stock-icons/*: Stock icons that come with GTK * gtk/gtkbutton.h, gtk/gtkbutton.c (gtk_button_new_stock): Returns a button based on a GtkStockItem (gtk_button_new_accel): Takes a uline string and accel group, and installs the accelerator. * gtk/gtkimage.h, gtk/gtkimage.c: Make this into a generic image-display widget.
2000-09-26 20:22:17 +00:00
static void add_to_cache (GtkIconSet *icon_set,
GtkStyle *style,
GtkTextDirection direction,
GtkStateType state,
GtkIconSize size,
Move more text widget headers into the private header list 2000-09-26 Havoc Pennington <hp@redhat.com> * gtk/Makefile.am (gtk_private_h_sources): Move more text widget headers into the private header list * Makefile.am (pkgconfig_DATA): install pkg-config files * configure.in: add pkg-config files * gdk-2.0.pc.in, gdk-pixbuf.pc.in, gtk+-2.0.pc.in: pkg-config files * gtk/gtkwindow.c (gtk_window_read_rcfiles): Invalidate outstanding icon caches on theme change. * gtk/gtkiconfactory.h, gtk/gtkiconfactory.c: New icon system. Three important types: (GtkIconSource): Specification for creating a pixbuf appropriate for a direction/state/size triplet from a source pixbuf or filename (GtkIconSet): List of GtkIconSource objects that are used to create the "same" icon (e.g. an OK button icon), and cache for rendered icons (GtkIconFactory): Hash from stock ID to GtkIconSet; used to look up the icon set for a given stock ID. GTK maintains a stack of GtkIconFactory to search, and applications or libraries can add additional icon factories on top of the stack * gtk/gtkrc.h, gtk/gtkrc.c: When loading an RcStyle, parse the set of GtkIconSource specified for a given stock ID into a GtkIconSet, and put the GtkIconSet into a GtkIconFactory for the RcStyle, under the specified stock ID. * gtk/gtkstyle.h, gtk/gtkstyle.c: Add a virtual function render_icon used to derive a GdkPixbuf from a GtkIconSource. This allows people to theme how prelight, insensitive, etc. are done. (gtk_style_lookup_icon_set): Look up a stock ID in the list of icon factories for a style, and return the resulting icon set if any. (gtk_style_render_icon): Render an icon using the render_icon method in the GtkStyleClass. * gtk/gtkwidget.h, gtk/gtkwidget.c (gtk_widget_render_icon): Use the style for a given widget to look up a stock ID, get the icon set, and render an icon using the render_icon method of the style * gtk/gtkstock.h, gtk/gtkstock.c: Header with the GtkStockItem type (contains information about a stock item), the built-in stock item IDs, and functions to add/lookup stock items. * gtk/stock-icons/*: Stock icons that come with GTK * gtk/gtkbutton.h, gtk/gtkbutton.c (gtk_button_new_stock): Returns a button based on a GtkStockItem (gtk_button_new_accel): Takes a uline string and accel group, and installs the accelerator. * gtk/gtkimage.h, gtk/gtkimage.c: Make this into a generic image-display widget.
2000-09-26 20:22:17 +00:00
GdkPixbuf *pixbuf);
static void clear_cache (GtkIconSet *icon_set,
gboolean style_detach);
static GSList* copy_cache (GtkIconSet *icon_set,
GtkIconSet *copy_recipient);
static void attach_to_style (GtkIconSet *icon_set,
GtkStyle *style);
static void detach_from_style (GtkIconSet *icon_set,
GtkStyle *style);
static void style_dnotify (gpointer data);
struct _GtkIconSet
{
guint ref_count;
GSList *sources;
/* Cache of the last few rendered versions of the icon. */
GSList *cache;
guint cache_size;
guint cache_serial;
};
static guint cache_serial = 0;
/**
* gtk_icon_set_new:
*
* Creates a new #GtkIconSet. A #GtkIconSet represents a single icon
* in various sizes and widget states. It can provide a #GdkPixbuf
* for a given size and state on request, and automatically caches
* some of the rendered #GdkPixbuf objects.
*
* Normally you would use gtk_widget_render_icon() instead of
* using #GtkIconSet directly. The one case where you'd use
* #GtkIconSet is to create application-specific icon sets to place in
* a #GtkIconFactory.
*
* Return value: a new #GtkIconSet
**/
Move more text widget headers into the private header list 2000-09-26 Havoc Pennington <hp@redhat.com> * gtk/Makefile.am (gtk_private_h_sources): Move more text widget headers into the private header list * Makefile.am (pkgconfig_DATA): install pkg-config files * configure.in: add pkg-config files * gdk-2.0.pc.in, gdk-pixbuf.pc.in, gtk+-2.0.pc.in: pkg-config files * gtk/gtkwindow.c (gtk_window_read_rcfiles): Invalidate outstanding icon caches on theme change. * gtk/gtkiconfactory.h, gtk/gtkiconfactory.c: New icon system. Three important types: (GtkIconSource): Specification for creating a pixbuf appropriate for a direction/state/size triplet from a source pixbuf or filename (GtkIconSet): List of GtkIconSource objects that are used to create the "same" icon (e.g. an OK button icon), and cache for rendered icons (GtkIconFactory): Hash from stock ID to GtkIconSet; used to look up the icon set for a given stock ID. GTK maintains a stack of GtkIconFactory to search, and applications or libraries can add additional icon factories on top of the stack * gtk/gtkrc.h, gtk/gtkrc.c: When loading an RcStyle, parse the set of GtkIconSource specified for a given stock ID into a GtkIconSet, and put the GtkIconSet into a GtkIconFactory for the RcStyle, under the specified stock ID. * gtk/gtkstyle.h, gtk/gtkstyle.c: Add a virtual function render_icon used to derive a GdkPixbuf from a GtkIconSource. This allows people to theme how prelight, insensitive, etc. are done. (gtk_style_lookup_icon_set): Look up a stock ID in the list of icon factories for a style, and return the resulting icon set if any. (gtk_style_render_icon): Render an icon using the render_icon method in the GtkStyleClass. * gtk/gtkwidget.h, gtk/gtkwidget.c (gtk_widget_render_icon): Use the style for a given widget to look up a stock ID, get the icon set, and render an icon using the render_icon method of the style * gtk/gtkstock.h, gtk/gtkstock.c: Header with the GtkStockItem type (contains information about a stock item), the built-in stock item IDs, and functions to add/lookup stock items. * gtk/stock-icons/*: Stock icons that come with GTK * gtk/gtkbutton.h, gtk/gtkbutton.c (gtk_button_new_stock): Returns a button based on a GtkStockItem (gtk_button_new_accel): Takes a uline string and accel group, and installs the accelerator. * gtk/gtkimage.h, gtk/gtkimage.c: Make this into a generic image-display widget.
2000-09-26 20:22:17 +00:00
GtkIconSet*
gtk_icon_set_new (void)
{
GtkIconSet *icon_set;
icon_set = g_new (GtkIconSet, 1);
icon_set->ref_count = 1;
icon_set->sources = NULL;
icon_set->cache = NULL;
icon_set->cache_size = 0;
icon_set->cache_serial = cache_serial;
return icon_set;
}
/**
* gtk_icon_set_new_from_pixbuf:
* @pixbuf: a #GdkPixbuf
*
* Creates a new #GtkIconSet with @pixbuf as the default/fallback
* source image. If you don't add any additional #GtkIconSource to the
* icon set, all variants of the icon will be created from @pixbuf,
* using scaling, pixelation, etc. as required to adjust the icon size
* or make the icon look insensitive/prelighted.
*
* Return value: a new #GtkIconSet
**/
GtkIconSet *
gtk_icon_set_new_from_pixbuf (GdkPixbuf *pixbuf)
{
GtkIconSet *set;
GtkIconSource source = { NULL, NULL, 0, 0, 0,
TRUE, TRUE, TRUE };
g_return_val_if_fail (pixbuf != NULL, NULL);
set = gtk_icon_set_new ();
source.pixbuf = pixbuf;
gtk_icon_set_add_source (set, &source);
return set;
}
/**
* gtk_icon_set_ref:
* @icon_set: a #GtkIconSet.
*
* Increments the reference count on @icon_set.
*
* Return value: @icon_set.
**/
Move more text widget headers into the private header list 2000-09-26 Havoc Pennington <hp@redhat.com> * gtk/Makefile.am (gtk_private_h_sources): Move more text widget headers into the private header list * Makefile.am (pkgconfig_DATA): install pkg-config files * configure.in: add pkg-config files * gdk-2.0.pc.in, gdk-pixbuf.pc.in, gtk+-2.0.pc.in: pkg-config files * gtk/gtkwindow.c (gtk_window_read_rcfiles): Invalidate outstanding icon caches on theme change. * gtk/gtkiconfactory.h, gtk/gtkiconfactory.c: New icon system. Three important types: (GtkIconSource): Specification for creating a pixbuf appropriate for a direction/state/size triplet from a source pixbuf or filename (GtkIconSet): List of GtkIconSource objects that are used to create the "same" icon (e.g. an OK button icon), and cache for rendered icons (GtkIconFactory): Hash from stock ID to GtkIconSet; used to look up the icon set for a given stock ID. GTK maintains a stack of GtkIconFactory to search, and applications or libraries can add additional icon factories on top of the stack * gtk/gtkrc.h, gtk/gtkrc.c: When loading an RcStyle, parse the set of GtkIconSource specified for a given stock ID into a GtkIconSet, and put the GtkIconSet into a GtkIconFactory for the RcStyle, under the specified stock ID. * gtk/gtkstyle.h, gtk/gtkstyle.c: Add a virtual function render_icon used to derive a GdkPixbuf from a GtkIconSource. This allows people to theme how prelight, insensitive, etc. are done. (gtk_style_lookup_icon_set): Look up a stock ID in the list of icon factories for a style, and return the resulting icon set if any. (gtk_style_render_icon): Render an icon using the render_icon method in the GtkStyleClass. * gtk/gtkwidget.h, gtk/gtkwidget.c (gtk_widget_render_icon): Use the style for a given widget to look up a stock ID, get the icon set, and render an icon using the render_icon method of the style * gtk/gtkstock.h, gtk/gtkstock.c: Header with the GtkStockItem type (contains information about a stock item), the built-in stock item IDs, and functions to add/lookup stock items. * gtk/stock-icons/*: Stock icons that come with GTK * gtk/gtkbutton.h, gtk/gtkbutton.c (gtk_button_new_stock): Returns a button based on a GtkStockItem (gtk_button_new_accel): Takes a uline string and accel group, and installs the accelerator. * gtk/gtkimage.h, gtk/gtkimage.c: Make this into a generic image-display widget.
2000-09-26 20:22:17 +00:00
GtkIconSet*
gtk_icon_set_ref (GtkIconSet *icon_set)
{
g_return_val_if_fail (icon_set != NULL, NULL);
g_return_val_if_fail (icon_set->ref_count > 0, NULL);
icon_set->ref_count += 1;
return icon_set;
}
/**
* gtk_icon_set_unref:
* @icon_set: a #GtkIconSet
*
* Decrements the reference count on @icon_set, and frees memory
* if the reference count reaches 0.
**/
Move more text widget headers into the private header list 2000-09-26 Havoc Pennington <hp@redhat.com> * gtk/Makefile.am (gtk_private_h_sources): Move more text widget headers into the private header list * Makefile.am (pkgconfig_DATA): install pkg-config files * configure.in: add pkg-config files * gdk-2.0.pc.in, gdk-pixbuf.pc.in, gtk+-2.0.pc.in: pkg-config files * gtk/gtkwindow.c (gtk_window_read_rcfiles): Invalidate outstanding icon caches on theme change. * gtk/gtkiconfactory.h, gtk/gtkiconfactory.c: New icon system. Three important types: (GtkIconSource): Specification for creating a pixbuf appropriate for a direction/state/size triplet from a source pixbuf or filename (GtkIconSet): List of GtkIconSource objects that are used to create the "same" icon (e.g. an OK button icon), and cache for rendered icons (GtkIconFactory): Hash from stock ID to GtkIconSet; used to look up the icon set for a given stock ID. GTK maintains a stack of GtkIconFactory to search, and applications or libraries can add additional icon factories on top of the stack * gtk/gtkrc.h, gtk/gtkrc.c: When loading an RcStyle, parse the set of GtkIconSource specified for a given stock ID into a GtkIconSet, and put the GtkIconSet into a GtkIconFactory for the RcStyle, under the specified stock ID. * gtk/gtkstyle.h, gtk/gtkstyle.c: Add a virtual function render_icon used to derive a GdkPixbuf from a GtkIconSource. This allows people to theme how prelight, insensitive, etc. are done. (gtk_style_lookup_icon_set): Look up a stock ID in the list of icon factories for a style, and return the resulting icon set if any. (gtk_style_render_icon): Render an icon using the render_icon method in the GtkStyleClass. * gtk/gtkwidget.h, gtk/gtkwidget.c (gtk_widget_render_icon): Use the style for a given widget to look up a stock ID, get the icon set, and render an icon using the render_icon method of the style * gtk/gtkstock.h, gtk/gtkstock.c: Header with the GtkStockItem type (contains information about a stock item), the built-in stock item IDs, and functions to add/lookup stock items. * gtk/stock-icons/*: Stock icons that come with GTK * gtk/gtkbutton.h, gtk/gtkbutton.c (gtk_button_new_stock): Returns a button based on a GtkStockItem (gtk_button_new_accel): Takes a uline string and accel group, and installs the accelerator. * gtk/gtkimage.h, gtk/gtkimage.c: Make this into a generic image-display widget.
2000-09-26 20:22:17 +00:00
void
gtk_icon_set_unref (GtkIconSet *icon_set)
{
g_return_if_fail (icon_set != NULL);
g_return_if_fail (icon_set->ref_count > 0);
icon_set->ref_count -= 1;
if (icon_set->ref_count == 0)
{
GSList *tmp_list = icon_set->sources;
while (tmp_list != NULL)
{
gtk_icon_source_free (tmp_list->data);
tmp_list = g_slist_next (tmp_list);
}
clear_cache (icon_set, TRUE);
g_free (icon_set);
}
}
GType
gtk_icon_set_get_type (void)
{
static GType our_type = 0;
if (our_type == 0)
our_type = g_boxed_type_register_static ("GtkIconSet",
(GBoxedCopyFunc) gtk_icon_set_ref,
(GBoxedFreeFunc) gtk_icon_set_unref);
return our_type;
}
/**
* gtk_icon_set_copy:
* @icon_set: a #GtkIconSet
*
* Copies @icon_set by value.
*
* Return value: a new #GtkIconSet identical to the first.
**/
Move more text widget headers into the private header list 2000-09-26 Havoc Pennington <hp@redhat.com> * gtk/Makefile.am (gtk_private_h_sources): Move more text widget headers into the private header list * Makefile.am (pkgconfig_DATA): install pkg-config files * configure.in: add pkg-config files * gdk-2.0.pc.in, gdk-pixbuf.pc.in, gtk+-2.0.pc.in: pkg-config files * gtk/gtkwindow.c (gtk_window_read_rcfiles): Invalidate outstanding icon caches on theme change. * gtk/gtkiconfactory.h, gtk/gtkiconfactory.c: New icon system. Three important types: (GtkIconSource): Specification for creating a pixbuf appropriate for a direction/state/size triplet from a source pixbuf or filename (GtkIconSet): List of GtkIconSource objects that are used to create the "same" icon (e.g. an OK button icon), and cache for rendered icons (GtkIconFactory): Hash from stock ID to GtkIconSet; used to look up the icon set for a given stock ID. GTK maintains a stack of GtkIconFactory to search, and applications or libraries can add additional icon factories on top of the stack * gtk/gtkrc.h, gtk/gtkrc.c: When loading an RcStyle, parse the set of GtkIconSource specified for a given stock ID into a GtkIconSet, and put the GtkIconSet into a GtkIconFactory for the RcStyle, under the specified stock ID. * gtk/gtkstyle.h, gtk/gtkstyle.c: Add a virtual function render_icon used to derive a GdkPixbuf from a GtkIconSource. This allows people to theme how prelight, insensitive, etc. are done. (gtk_style_lookup_icon_set): Look up a stock ID in the list of icon factories for a style, and return the resulting icon set if any. (gtk_style_render_icon): Render an icon using the render_icon method in the GtkStyleClass. * gtk/gtkwidget.h, gtk/gtkwidget.c (gtk_widget_render_icon): Use the style for a given widget to look up a stock ID, get the icon set, and render an icon using the render_icon method of the style * gtk/gtkstock.h, gtk/gtkstock.c: Header with the GtkStockItem type (contains information about a stock item), the built-in stock item IDs, and functions to add/lookup stock items. * gtk/stock-icons/*: Stock icons that come with GTK * gtk/gtkbutton.h, gtk/gtkbutton.c (gtk_button_new_stock): Returns a button based on a GtkStockItem (gtk_button_new_accel): Takes a uline string and accel group, and installs the accelerator. * gtk/gtkimage.h, gtk/gtkimage.c: Make this into a generic image-display widget.
2000-09-26 20:22:17 +00:00
GtkIconSet*
gtk_icon_set_copy (GtkIconSet *icon_set)
{
GtkIconSet *copy;
GSList *tmp_list;
copy = gtk_icon_set_new ();
tmp_list = icon_set->sources;
while (tmp_list != NULL)
{
copy->sources = g_slist_prepend (copy->sources,
gtk_icon_source_copy (tmp_list->data));
tmp_list = g_slist_next (tmp_list);
}
copy->sources = g_slist_reverse (copy->sources);
copy->cache = copy_cache (icon_set, copy);
copy->cache_size = icon_set->cache_size;
copy->cache_serial = icon_set->cache_serial;
return copy;
}
static gboolean
sizes_equivalent (GtkIconSize lhs,
GtkIconSize rhs)
Move more text widget headers into the private header list 2000-09-26 Havoc Pennington <hp@redhat.com> * gtk/Makefile.am (gtk_private_h_sources): Move more text widget headers into the private header list * Makefile.am (pkgconfig_DATA): install pkg-config files * configure.in: add pkg-config files * gdk-2.0.pc.in, gdk-pixbuf.pc.in, gtk+-2.0.pc.in: pkg-config files * gtk/gtkwindow.c (gtk_window_read_rcfiles): Invalidate outstanding icon caches on theme change. * gtk/gtkiconfactory.h, gtk/gtkiconfactory.c: New icon system. Three important types: (GtkIconSource): Specification for creating a pixbuf appropriate for a direction/state/size triplet from a source pixbuf or filename (GtkIconSet): List of GtkIconSource objects that are used to create the "same" icon (e.g. an OK button icon), and cache for rendered icons (GtkIconFactory): Hash from stock ID to GtkIconSet; used to look up the icon set for a given stock ID. GTK maintains a stack of GtkIconFactory to search, and applications or libraries can add additional icon factories on top of the stack * gtk/gtkrc.h, gtk/gtkrc.c: When loading an RcStyle, parse the set of GtkIconSource specified for a given stock ID into a GtkIconSet, and put the GtkIconSet into a GtkIconFactory for the RcStyle, under the specified stock ID. * gtk/gtkstyle.h, gtk/gtkstyle.c: Add a virtual function render_icon used to derive a GdkPixbuf from a GtkIconSource. This allows people to theme how prelight, insensitive, etc. are done. (gtk_style_lookup_icon_set): Look up a stock ID in the list of icon factories for a style, and return the resulting icon set if any. (gtk_style_render_icon): Render an icon using the render_icon method in the GtkStyleClass. * gtk/gtkwidget.h, gtk/gtkwidget.c (gtk_widget_render_icon): Use the style for a given widget to look up a stock ID, get the icon set, and render an icon using the render_icon method of the style * gtk/gtkstock.h, gtk/gtkstock.c: Header with the GtkStockItem type (contains information about a stock item), the built-in stock item IDs, and functions to add/lookup stock items. * gtk/stock-icons/*: Stock icons that come with GTK * gtk/gtkbutton.h, gtk/gtkbutton.c (gtk_button_new_stock): Returns a button based on a GtkStockItem (gtk_button_new_accel): Takes a uline string and accel group, and installs the accelerator. * gtk/gtkimage.h, gtk/gtkimage.c: Make this into a generic image-display widget.
2000-09-26 20:22:17 +00:00
{
/* We used to consider sizes equivalent if they were
* the same pixel size, but we don't have the GtkSettings
* here, so we can't do that. Plus, it's not clear that
* it is right... it was just a workaround for the fact
* that we register icons by logical size, not pixel size.
*/
#if 1
return lhs == rhs;
#else
Move more text widget headers into the private header list 2000-09-26 Havoc Pennington <hp@redhat.com> * gtk/Makefile.am (gtk_private_h_sources): Move more text widget headers into the private header list * Makefile.am (pkgconfig_DATA): install pkg-config files * configure.in: add pkg-config files * gdk-2.0.pc.in, gdk-pixbuf.pc.in, gtk+-2.0.pc.in: pkg-config files * gtk/gtkwindow.c (gtk_window_read_rcfiles): Invalidate outstanding icon caches on theme change. * gtk/gtkiconfactory.h, gtk/gtkiconfactory.c: New icon system. Three important types: (GtkIconSource): Specification for creating a pixbuf appropriate for a direction/state/size triplet from a source pixbuf or filename (GtkIconSet): List of GtkIconSource objects that are used to create the "same" icon (e.g. an OK button icon), and cache for rendered icons (GtkIconFactory): Hash from stock ID to GtkIconSet; used to look up the icon set for a given stock ID. GTK maintains a stack of GtkIconFactory to search, and applications or libraries can add additional icon factories on top of the stack * gtk/gtkrc.h, gtk/gtkrc.c: When loading an RcStyle, parse the set of GtkIconSource specified for a given stock ID into a GtkIconSet, and put the GtkIconSet into a GtkIconFactory for the RcStyle, under the specified stock ID. * gtk/gtkstyle.h, gtk/gtkstyle.c: Add a virtual function render_icon used to derive a GdkPixbuf from a GtkIconSource. This allows people to theme how prelight, insensitive, etc. are done. (gtk_style_lookup_icon_set): Look up a stock ID in the list of icon factories for a style, and return the resulting icon set if any. (gtk_style_render_icon): Render an icon using the render_icon method in the GtkStyleClass. * gtk/gtkwidget.h, gtk/gtkwidget.c (gtk_widget_render_icon): Use the style for a given widget to look up a stock ID, get the icon set, and render an icon using the render_icon method of the style * gtk/gtkstock.h, gtk/gtkstock.c: Header with the GtkStockItem type (contains information about a stock item), the built-in stock item IDs, and functions to add/lookup stock items. * gtk/stock-icons/*: Stock icons that come with GTK * gtk/gtkbutton.h, gtk/gtkbutton.c (gtk_button_new_stock): Returns a button based on a GtkStockItem (gtk_button_new_accel): Takes a uline string and accel group, and installs the accelerator. * gtk/gtkimage.h, gtk/gtkimage.c: Make this into a generic image-display widget.
2000-09-26 20:22:17 +00:00
gint r_w, r_h, l_w, l_h;
icon_size_lookup_intern (NULL, rhs, &r_w, &r_h);
icon_size_lookup_intern (NULL, lhs, &l_w, &l_h);
Move more text widget headers into the private header list 2000-09-26 Havoc Pennington <hp@redhat.com> * gtk/Makefile.am (gtk_private_h_sources): Move more text widget headers into the private header list * Makefile.am (pkgconfig_DATA): install pkg-config files * configure.in: add pkg-config files * gdk-2.0.pc.in, gdk-pixbuf.pc.in, gtk+-2.0.pc.in: pkg-config files * gtk/gtkwindow.c (gtk_window_read_rcfiles): Invalidate outstanding icon caches on theme change. * gtk/gtkiconfactory.h, gtk/gtkiconfactory.c: New icon system. Three important types: (GtkIconSource): Specification for creating a pixbuf appropriate for a direction/state/size triplet from a source pixbuf or filename (GtkIconSet): List of GtkIconSource objects that are used to create the "same" icon (e.g. an OK button icon), and cache for rendered icons (GtkIconFactory): Hash from stock ID to GtkIconSet; used to look up the icon set for a given stock ID. GTK maintains a stack of GtkIconFactory to search, and applications or libraries can add additional icon factories on top of the stack * gtk/gtkrc.h, gtk/gtkrc.c: When loading an RcStyle, parse the set of GtkIconSource specified for a given stock ID into a GtkIconSet, and put the GtkIconSet into a GtkIconFactory for the RcStyle, under the specified stock ID. * gtk/gtkstyle.h, gtk/gtkstyle.c: Add a virtual function render_icon used to derive a GdkPixbuf from a GtkIconSource. This allows people to theme how prelight, insensitive, etc. are done. (gtk_style_lookup_icon_set): Look up a stock ID in the list of icon factories for a style, and return the resulting icon set if any. (gtk_style_render_icon): Render an icon using the render_icon method in the GtkStyleClass. * gtk/gtkwidget.h, gtk/gtkwidget.c (gtk_widget_render_icon): Use the style for a given widget to look up a stock ID, get the icon set, and render an icon using the render_icon method of the style * gtk/gtkstock.h, gtk/gtkstock.c: Header with the GtkStockItem type (contains information about a stock item), the built-in stock item IDs, and functions to add/lookup stock items. * gtk/stock-icons/*: Stock icons that come with GTK * gtk/gtkbutton.h, gtk/gtkbutton.c (gtk_button_new_stock): Returns a button based on a GtkStockItem (gtk_button_new_accel): Takes a uline string and accel group, and installs the accelerator. * gtk/gtkimage.h, gtk/gtkimage.c: Make this into a generic image-display widget.
2000-09-26 20:22:17 +00:00
return r_w == l_w && r_h == l_h;
#endif
Move more text widget headers into the private header list 2000-09-26 Havoc Pennington <hp@redhat.com> * gtk/Makefile.am (gtk_private_h_sources): Move more text widget headers into the private header list * Makefile.am (pkgconfig_DATA): install pkg-config files * configure.in: add pkg-config files * gdk-2.0.pc.in, gdk-pixbuf.pc.in, gtk+-2.0.pc.in: pkg-config files * gtk/gtkwindow.c (gtk_window_read_rcfiles): Invalidate outstanding icon caches on theme change. * gtk/gtkiconfactory.h, gtk/gtkiconfactory.c: New icon system. Three important types: (GtkIconSource): Specification for creating a pixbuf appropriate for a direction/state/size triplet from a source pixbuf or filename (GtkIconSet): List of GtkIconSource objects that are used to create the "same" icon (e.g. an OK button icon), and cache for rendered icons (GtkIconFactory): Hash from stock ID to GtkIconSet; used to look up the icon set for a given stock ID. GTK maintains a stack of GtkIconFactory to search, and applications or libraries can add additional icon factories on top of the stack * gtk/gtkrc.h, gtk/gtkrc.c: When loading an RcStyle, parse the set of GtkIconSource specified for a given stock ID into a GtkIconSet, and put the GtkIconSet into a GtkIconFactory for the RcStyle, under the specified stock ID. * gtk/gtkstyle.h, gtk/gtkstyle.c: Add a virtual function render_icon used to derive a GdkPixbuf from a GtkIconSource. This allows people to theme how prelight, insensitive, etc. are done. (gtk_style_lookup_icon_set): Look up a stock ID in the list of icon factories for a style, and return the resulting icon set if any. (gtk_style_render_icon): Render an icon using the render_icon method in the GtkStyleClass. * gtk/gtkwidget.h, gtk/gtkwidget.c (gtk_widget_render_icon): Use the style for a given widget to look up a stock ID, get the icon set, and render an icon using the render_icon method of the style * gtk/gtkstock.h, gtk/gtkstock.c: Header with the GtkStockItem type (contains information about a stock item), the built-in stock item IDs, and functions to add/lookup stock items. * gtk/stock-icons/*: Stock icons that come with GTK * gtk/gtkbutton.h, gtk/gtkbutton.c (gtk_button_new_stock): Returns a button based on a GtkStockItem (gtk_button_new_accel): Takes a uline string and accel group, and installs the accelerator. * gtk/gtkimage.h, gtk/gtkimage.c: Make this into a generic image-display widget.
2000-09-26 20:22:17 +00:00
}
static GtkIconSource*
find_and_prep_icon_source (GtkIconSet *icon_set,
GtkTextDirection direction,
GtkStateType state,
GtkIconSize size)
Move more text widget headers into the private header list 2000-09-26 Havoc Pennington <hp@redhat.com> * gtk/Makefile.am (gtk_private_h_sources): Move more text widget headers into the private header list * Makefile.am (pkgconfig_DATA): install pkg-config files * configure.in: add pkg-config files * gdk-2.0.pc.in, gdk-pixbuf.pc.in, gtk+-2.0.pc.in: pkg-config files * gtk/gtkwindow.c (gtk_window_read_rcfiles): Invalidate outstanding icon caches on theme change. * gtk/gtkiconfactory.h, gtk/gtkiconfactory.c: New icon system. Three important types: (GtkIconSource): Specification for creating a pixbuf appropriate for a direction/state/size triplet from a source pixbuf or filename (GtkIconSet): List of GtkIconSource objects that are used to create the "same" icon (e.g. an OK button icon), and cache for rendered icons (GtkIconFactory): Hash from stock ID to GtkIconSet; used to look up the icon set for a given stock ID. GTK maintains a stack of GtkIconFactory to search, and applications or libraries can add additional icon factories on top of the stack * gtk/gtkrc.h, gtk/gtkrc.c: When loading an RcStyle, parse the set of GtkIconSource specified for a given stock ID into a GtkIconSet, and put the GtkIconSet into a GtkIconFactory for the RcStyle, under the specified stock ID. * gtk/gtkstyle.h, gtk/gtkstyle.c: Add a virtual function render_icon used to derive a GdkPixbuf from a GtkIconSource. This allows people to theme how prelight, insensitive, etc. are done. (gtk_style_lookup_icon_set): Look up a stock ID in the list of icon factories for a style, and return the resulting icon set if any. (gtk_style_render_icon): Render an icon using the render_icon method in the GtkStyleClass. * gtk/gtkwidget.h, gtk/gtkwidget.c (gtk_widget_render_icon): Use the style for a given widget to look up a stock ID, get the icon set, and render an icon using the render_icon method of the style * gtk/gtkstock.h, gtk/gtkstock.c: Header with the GtkStockItem type (contains information about a stock item), the built-in stock item IDs, and functions to add/lookup stock items. * gtk/stock-icons/*: Stock icons that come with GTK * gtk/gtkbutton.h, gtk/gtkbutton.c (gtk_button_new_stock): Returns a button based on a GtkStockItem (gtk_button_new_accel): Takes a uline string and accel group, and installs the accelerator. * gtk/gtkimage.h, gtk/gtkimage.c: Make this into a generic image-display widget.
2000-09-26 20:22:17 +00:00
{
GtkIconSource *source;
GSList *tmp_list;
/* We need to find the best icon source. Direction matters more
* than state, state matters more than size. icon_set->sources
* is sorted according to wildness, so if we take the first
* match we find it will be the least-wild match (if there are
* multiple matches for a given "wildness" then the RC file contained
* dumb stuff, and we end up with an arbitrary matching source)
*/
source = NULL;
tmp_list = icon_set->sources;
while (tmp_list != NULL)
{
GtkIconSource *s = tmp_list->data;
if ((s->any_direction || (s->direction == direction)) &&
(s->any_state || (s->state == state)) &&
(s->any_size || (sizes_equivalent (size, s->size))))
{
source = s;
break;
}
tmp_list = g_slist_next (tmp_list);
}
if (source == NULL)
return NULL;
if (source->pixbuf == NULL)
{
GError *error = NULL;
Move more text widget headers into the private header list 2000-09-26 Havoc Pennington <hp@redhat.com> * gtk/Makefile.am (gtk_private_h_sources): Move more text widget headers into the private header list * Makefile.am (pkgconfig_DATA): install pkg-config files * configure.in: add pkg-config files * gdk-2.0.pc.in, gdk-pixbuf.pc.in, gtk+-2.0.pc.in: pkg-config files * gtk/gtkwindow.c (gtk_window_read_rcfiles): Invalidate outstanding icon caches on theme change. * gtk/gtkiconfactory.h, gtk/gtkiconfactory.c: New icon system. Three important types: (GtkIconSource): Specification for creating a pixbuf appropriate for a direction/state/size triplet from a source pixbuf or filename (GtkIconSet): List of GtkIconSource objects that are used to create the "same" icon (e.g. an OK button icon), and cache for rendered icons (GtkIconFactory): Hash from stock ID to GtkIconSet; used to look up the icon set for a given stock ID. GTK maintains a stack of GtkIconFactory to search, and applications or libraries can add additional icon factories on top of the stack * gtk/gtkrc.h, gtk/gtkrc.c: When loading an RcStyle, parse the set of GtkIconSource specified for a given stock ID into a GtkIconSet, and put the GtkIconSet into a GtkIconFactory for the RcStyle, under the specified stock ID. * gtk/gtkstyle.h, gtk/gtkstyle.c: Add a virtual function render_icon used to derive a GdkPixbuf from a GtkIconSource. This allows people to theme how prelight, insensitive, etc. are done. (gtk_style_lookup_icon_set): Look up a stock ID in the list of icon factories for a style, and return the resulting icon set if any. (gtk_style_render_icon): Render an icon using the render_icon method in the GtkStyleClass. * gtk/gtkwidget.h, gtk/gtkwidget.c (gtk_widget_render_icon): Use the style for a given widget to look up a stock ID, get the icon set, and render an icon using the render_icon method of the style * gtk/gtkstock.h, gtk/gtkstock.c: Header with the GtkStockItem type (contains information about a stock item), the built-in stock item IDs, and functions to add/lookup stock items. * gtk/stock-icons/*: Stock icons that come with GTK * gtk/gtkbutton.h, gtk/gtkbutton.c (gtk_button_new_stock): Returns a button based on a GtkStockItem (gtk_button_new_accel): Takes a uline string and accel group, and installs the accelerator. * gtk/gtkimage.h, gtk/gtkimage.c: Make this into a generic image-display widget.
2000-09-26 20:22:17 +00:00
g_assert (source->filename);
Allow %NULL for style to mean "revert to default style" Tue Jun 26 19:39:03 2001 Owen Taylor <otaylor@redhat.com> * gtk/gtkwidget.c (gtk_widget_set_style): Allow %NULL for style to mean "revert to default style" * gtk/gtkwidget.[ch] (gtk_widget_set_rc_style, gtk_widget_restore_default_style): Make this functions deprecated aliases for gtk_widget_set_style (widget, NULL). * gtk/gtkwidget.[ch]: Remove: gtk_widget_set_default_style () gtk_widget_push_style () gtk_widget_pop_style () These functions interact are overriden by RC files, and thus virtually useless, and complicated. Fri Jun 22 18:49:48 2001 Owen Taylor <otaylor@redhat.com> * gtk/gtkrc.c: Add a GtkRcContext structure to hold most of the previous global variables in gtkrc.c. This is in preparation for multi-head, since each screen can have different GtkSettings and RC information. * gtk/gtkrc.[ch]: * gtk/gtkrc.h (struct _GtkRcStyleClass): Add a GtkSettings parameter to GtkRcStyle::parse. * gdk/x11/gdkevents-x11.c gtk/gtksettings.c gtk/gtkrc.c: Add two new settings gtk-theme-name, gtk-key-theme-name, for RC files that are loaded by name after reading the default RC files. * gtk/gtkrc.c: Allow priorities for styles, as wll as bindings. * gtk/gtkenums.h gtk/gtkrc.c: Add GTK_PATH_PRIO_THEME, and use it by default for RC files loaded via gtk-theme-name, gtk-key-theme-name. * gtk/gtkiconfactory.c (gtk_icon_source_set_filename) gtk/gtkrc.c (gtk_rc_parse_pixmap_path_string) tests/testgtkrc: Require pathnames to be absolute. * gtk/gtkrc.c gtk/gtkiconfactory.c: Look up the full filename for the source when parsing, since the operation of looking up a pixmap from an RC file depends on the parsing context. * gtk/gtkrc.c (gtk_rc_context_reparse_all): Automatically reset RC styles on all widgets when files are reparsed. * tests/testgtk.c (create_rc_file) gtk/gtkwindow.c (gtk_window_read_rcfiles): Simplify, now that gtk_rc_reparse_all() resets styles on all widgets itself. * gtk/gtkmain.c (gtk_get_default_language): Fix broken return value. * gtk/gtksettings.[ch] (gtk_settings_install_property[_ch]): Remove GtkSettings argument. * gtk/gtksettings.[ch] (gtk_settings_get_default): Rename from gtk_settings_get_global(). * gtk/gtkwidget.[ch]: Add a function gtk_widget_Get_settings() to get the appropriate GtkSettings for a widget. (For now, just gets the default GtkSetttings.) * gtk/gtkcolorsel.c gtk/gtkentry.c gtk/gtkmenu.c gtk/gtkmenubar.c gtk/gtktextview.c gtk/gtktoolbar.c: Fixes for GtkSettings changes. * gtk/gtkrc.[ch]: Add gtk_rc_get_style_by_paths() to allow getting a style for a path without actually having a widget. (Allows using a style for a subpart of a widget, for example.) * gtk/gtkrc.[ch]: Add gtk_rc_reparse_all_for_setting() to allow forcing the RC files to be reloaded for just one GtkSettings (not sure how useful this really is.) * gtk/gtkrc.h: Deprecate gtk_rc_add_widget_name/widget_class/class_style
2001-06-30 16:08:25 +00:00
source->pixbuf = gdk_pixbuf_new_from_file (source->filename, &error);
Move more text widget headers into the private header list 2000-09-26 Havoc Pennington <hp@redhat.com> * gtk/Makefile.am (gtk_private_h_sources): Move more text widget headers into the private header list * Makefile.am (pkgconfig_DATA): install pkg-config files * configure.in: add pkg-config files * gdk-2.0.pc.in, gdk-pixbuf.pc.in, gtk+-2.0.pc.in: pkg-config files * gtk/gtkwindow.c (gtk_window_read_rcfiles): Invalidate outstanding icon caches on theme change. * gtk/gtkiconfactory.h, gtk/gtkiconfactory.c: New icon system. Three important types: (GtkIconSource): Specification for creating a pixbuf appropriate for a direction/state/size triplet from a source pixbuf or filename (GtkIconSet): List of GtkIconSource objects that are used to create the "same" icon (e.g. an OK button icon), and cache for rendered icons (GtkIconFactory): Hash from stock ID to GtkIconSet; used to look up the icon set for a given stock ID. GTK maintains a stack of GtkIconFactory to search, and applications or libraries can add additional icon factories on top of the stack * gtk/gtkrc.h, gtk/gtkrc.c: When loading an RcStyle, parse the set of GtkIconSource specified for a given stock ID into a GtkIconSet, and put the GtkIconSet into a GtkIconFactory for the RcStyle, under the specified stock ID. * gtk/gtkstyle.h, gtk/gtkstyle.c: Add a virtual function render_icon used to derive a GdkPixbuf from a GtkIconSource. This allows people to theme how prelight, insensitive, etc. are done. (gtk_style_lookup_icon_set): Look up a stock ID in the list of icon factories for a style, and return the resulting icon set if any. (gtk_style_render_icon): Render an icon using the render_icon method in the GtkStyleClass. * gtk/gtkwidget.h, gtk/gtkwidget.c (gtk_widget_render_icon): Use the style for a given widget to look up a stock ID, get the icon set, and render an icon using the render_icon method of the style * gtk/gtkstock.h, gtk/gtkstock.c: Header with the GtkStockItem type (contains information about a stock item), the built-in stock item IDs, and functions to add/lookup stock items. * gtk/stock-icons/*: Stock icons that come with GTK * gtk/gtkbutton.h, gtk/gtkbutton.c (gtk_button_new_stock): Returns a button based on a GtkStockItem (gtk_button_new_accel): Takes a uline string and accel group, and installs the accelerator. * gtk/gtkimage.h, gtk/gtkimage.c: Make this into a generic image-display widget.
2000-09-26 20:22:17 +00:00
if (source->pixbuf == NULL)
{
/* Remove this icon source so we don't keep trying to
* load it.
*/
Some updates 2000-10-18 Havoc Pennington <hp@redhat.com> * gtk/gtk-sections.txt: Some updates * gdk/gdk-sections.txt: remove GdkPixbufAlphaMode * gdk-pixbuf/gdk-pixbuf-sections.txt: Add new API, remove GdkPixbufClass/GdkAnimationClass since those are private * gdk-pixbuf/Makefile.am (IGNORE_HFILES): ignore more headers 2000-10-18 Havoc Pennington <hp@redhat.com> * gtk/gtktextiter.c (gtk_text_iter_forward_to_newline): Fix a bug where any number of empty lines would get skipped * gtk/gtktextiter.h: Remove padding from GtkTextIter; live on the edge. * gtk/gtktextiter.c (gtk_text_iter_make_surreal): enhance the warning about invalid iterators (explain more thoroughly) (gtk_text_iter_in_region): rename gtk_text_iter_in_range * gtk/gtktextview.c (FOCUS_EDGE_WIDTH): Make focus rectangle less big * demos/*.c: Add error handling * gtk/gtktextbuffer.c: don't modify const iterators * gtk/gdk-pixbuf-loader.c: Add full error handling here * gtk/gtkimage.c (gtk_image_set_from_file): ignore errors on file load * gtk/gtkiconfactory.c: Update to reflect addition of error handling to gdk-pixbuf loaders 2000-10-16 Havoc Pennington <hp@redhat.com> * gdk-pixbuf-io.c (gdk_pixbuf_get_module) (gdk_pixbuf_get_named_module) (gdk_pixbuf_load_module): add error reporting here also * make-inline-pixbuf.c (main): use GError * io-xpm.c: include unistd.h * gdk-pixbuf-util.c: include string.h * io-*.c: add error reporting * gdk-pixbuf-animation.c (gdk_pixbuf_animation_new_from_file): add error reporting * gdk-pixbuf-io.c (gdk_pixbuf_new_from_file): Add error reporting * gdk-pixbuf-io.h: Add GError** to load_increment and load methods * gdk-pixbuf-io.c (gdk_pixbuf_save) (gdk_pixbuf_savev): return a G_FILE_ERROR if we fail to write or close the file. * gdk-pixbuf.h: remove GDK_PIXBUF_ERROR_IO, instead we'll use G_FILE_ERROR_*. Rename enum to GdkPixbufError, properly following the GError naming rules. Add GError** to load functions.
2000-10-18 18:42:54 +00:00
g_warning (_("Error loading icon: %s"), error->message);
g_error_free (error);
Move more text widget headers into the private header list 2000-09-26 Havoc Pennington <hp@redhat.com> * gtk/Makefile.am (gtk_private_h_sources): Move more text widget headers into the private header list * Makefile.am (pkgconfig_DATA): install pkg-config files * configure.in: add pkg-config files * gdk-2.0.pc.in, gdk-pixbuf.pc.in, gtk+-2.0.pc.in: pkg-config files * gtk/gtkwindow.c (gtk_window_read_rcfiles): Invalidate outstanding icon caches on theme change. * gtk/gtkiconfactory.h, gtk/gtkiconfactory.c: New icon system. Three important types: (GtkIconSource): Specification for creating a pixbuf appropriate for a direction/state/size triplet from a source pixbuf or filename (GtkIconSet): List of GtkIconSource objects that are used to create the "same" icon (e.g. an OK button icon), and cache for rendered icons (GtkIconFactory): Hash from stock ID to GtkIconSet; used to look up the icon set for a given stock ID. GTK maintains a stack of GtkIconFactory to search, and applications or libraries can add additional icon factories on top of the stack * gtk/gtkrc.h, gtk/gtkrc.c: When loading an RcStyle, parse the set of GtkIconSource specified for a given stock ID into a GtkIconSet, and put the GtkIconSet into a GtkIconFactory for the RcStyle, under the specified stock ID. * gtk/gtkstyle.h, gtk/gtkstyle.c: Add a virtual function render_icon used to derive a GdkPixbuf from a GtkIconSource. This allows people to theme how prelight, insensitive, etc. are done. (gtk_style_lookup_icon_set): Look up a stock ID in the list of icon factories for a style, and return the resulting icon set if any. (gtk_style_render_icon): Render an icon using the render_icon method in the GtkStyleClass. * gtk/gtkwidget.h, gtk/gtkwidget.c (gtk_widget_render_icon): Use the style for a given widget to look up a stock ID, get the icon set, and render an icon using the render_icon method of the style * gtk/gtkstock.h, gtk/gtkstock.c: Header with the GtkStockItem type (contains information about a stock item), the built-in stock item IDs, and functions to add/lookup stock items. * gtk/stock-icons/*: Stock icons that come with GTK * gtk/gtkbutton.h, gtk/gtkbutton.c (gtk_button_new_stock): Returns a button based on a GtkStockItem (gtk_button_new_accel): Takes a uline string and accel group, and installs the accelerator. * gtk/gtkimage.h, gtk/gtkimage.c: Make this into a generic image-display widget.
2000-09-26 20:22:17 +00:00
icon_set->sources = g_slist_remove (icon_set->sources, source);
gtk_icon_source_free (source);
/* Try to fall back to other sources */
if (icon_set->sources != NULL)
return find_and_prep_icon_source (icon_set,
direction,
state,
size);
else
return NULL;
}
}
return source;
}
new function, turns off decorations for a window. 2001-03-07 Havoc Pennington <hp@redhat.com> * gtk/gtkwindow.c (gtk_window_set_decorated): new function, turns off decorations for a window. * demos/gtk-demo/button_box.c (create_bbox): adapt to button box changes * gtk/gtklabel.c (gtk_label_get_layout_offsets): new function to get location of PangoLayout inside the label, closes #51198 * gtk/testgtk.c (create_bbox): fix up button box usage * gtk/testcalendar.c (create_calendar): fix up button box usage * gtk/gtkfilesel.c (gtk_file_selection_init): fixup buttonbox usage * gtk/gtkdialog.c (gtk_dialog_init): fixup buttonbox usage * gtk/gtkhbbox.h: deprecations * gtk/gtkvbbox.h: deprecations * gtk/gtkbox.c (gtk_box_get_spacing): new function, used to emulate deprecated gtk_button_box_get_spacing * gtk/gtkbbox.h: deprecate some useless functions, remove entirely the "set global default" functions (struct _GtkButtonBox): remove "spacing" field, use the one from GtkBox base class * gtk/gtkbbox.c (_gtk_button_box_child_requisition): rename with uscore * gtk/gtkiconfactory.c (gtk_icon_set_render_icon): If we fail to render the icon, return the missing image icon. * gtk/gtkimage.c (gtk_image_set_from_file): fall back to missing image icon if the load fails. * gtk/gtkstock.h (GTK_STOCK_MISSING_IMAGE): Add stock icon for use when no image is found; should be the Netscape "missing image" icon eventually but for now is a random image * gtk/gtkwindow.c (gtk_window_set_role): new function, sets the role for the session manager * gtk/testgtk.c (dnd_drop): remove use of GTK_WINDOW_DIALOG * gtk/gtkcompat.h (GTK_WINDOW_DIALOG): compat #define GTK_WINDOW_DIALOG GTK_WINDOW_TOPLEVEL * gtk/gtkenums.h (enum GtkWindowType): remove GTK_WINDOW_DIALOG
2001-03-07 21:10:44 +00:00
static GdkPixbuf*
render_fallback_image (GtkStyle *style,
GtkTextDirection direction,
GtkStateType state,
GtkIconSize size,
GtkWidget *widget,
const char *detail)
new function, turns off decorations for a window. 2001-03-07 Havoc Pennington <hp@redhat.com> * gtk/gtkwindow.c (gtk_window_set_decorated): new function, turns off decorations for a window. * demos/gtk-demo/button_box.c (create_bbox): adapt to button box changes * gtk/gtklabel.c (gtk_label_get_layout_offsets): new function to get location of PangoLayout inside the label, closes #51198 * gtk/testgtk.c (create_bbox): fix up button box usage * gtk/testcalendar.c (create_calendar): fix up button box usage * gtk/gtkfilesel.c (gtk_file_selection_init): fixup buttonbox usage * gtk/gtkdialog.c (gtk_dialog_init): fixup buttonbox usage * gtk/gtkhbbox.h: deprecations * gtk/gtkvbbox.h: deprecations * gtk/gtkbox.c (gtk_box_get_spacing): new function, used to emulate deprecated gtk_button_box_get_spacing * gtk/gtkbbox.h: deprecate some useless functions, remove entirely the "set global default" functions (struct _GtkButtonBox): remove "spacing" field, use the one from GtkBox base class * gtk/gtkbbox.c (_gtk_button_box_child_requisition): rename with uscore * gtk/gtkiconfactory.c (gtk_icon_set_render_icon): If we fail to render the icon, return the missing image icon. * gtk/gtkimage.c (gtk_image_set_from_file): fall back to missing image icon if the load fails. * gtk/gtkstock.h (GTK_STOCK_MISSING_IMAGE): Add stock icon for use when no image is found; should be the Netscape "missing image" icon eventually but for now is a random image * gtk/gtkwindow.c (gtk_window_set_role): new function, sets the role for the session manager * gtk/testgtk.c (dnd_drop): remove use of GTK_WINDOW_DIALOG * gtk/gtkcompat.h (GTK_WINDOW_DIALOG): compat #define GTK_WINDOW_DIALOG GTK_WINDOW_TOPLEVEL * gtk/gtkenums.h (enum GtkWindowType): remove GTK_WINDOW_DIALOG
2001-03-07 21:10:44 +00:00
{
/* This icon can be used for any direction/state/size */
static GtkIconSource fallback_source = { NULL, NULL, 0, 0, 0, TRUE, TRUE, TRUE };
new function, turns off decorations for a window. 2001-03-07 Havoc Pennington <hp@redhat.com> * gtk/gtkwindow.c (gtk_window_set_decorated): new function, turns off decorations for a window. * demos/gtk-demo/button_box.c (create_bbox): adapt to button box changes * gtk/gtklabel.c (gtk_label_get_layout_offsets): new function to get location of PangoLayout inside the label, closes #51198 * gtk/testgtk.c (create_bbox): fix up button box usage * gtk/testcalendar.c (create_calendar): fix up button box usage * gtk/gtkfilesel.c (gtk_file_selection_init): fixup buttonbox usage * gtk/gtkdialog.c (gtk_dialog_init): fixup buttonbox usage * gtk/gtkhbbox.h: deprecations * gtk/gtkvbbox.h: deprecations * gtk/gtkbox.c (gtk_box_get_spacing): new function, used to emulate deprecated gtk_button_box_get_spacing * gtk/gtkbbox.h: deprecate some useless functions, remove entirely the "set global default" functions (struct _GtkButtonBox): remove "spacing" field, use the one from GtkBox base class * gtk/gtkbbox.c (_gtk_button_box_child_requisition): rename with uscore * gtk/gtkiconfactory.c (gtk_icon_set_render_icon): If we fail to render the icon, return the missing image icon. * gtk/gtkimage.c (gtk_image_set_from_file): fall back to missing image icon if the load fails. * gtk/gtkstock.h (GTK_STOCK_MISSING_IMAGE): Add stock icon for use when no image is found; should be the Netscape "missing image" icon eventually but for now is a random image * gtk/gtkwindow.c (gtk_window_set_role): new function, sets the role for the session manager * gtk/testgtk.c (dnd_drop): remove use of GTK_WINDOW_DIALOG * gtk/gtkcompat.h (GTK_WINDOW_DIALOG): compat #define GTK_WINDOW_DIALOG GTK_WINDOW_TOPLEVEL * gtk/gtkenums.h (enum GtkWindowType): remove GTK_WINDOW_DIALOG
2001-03-07 21:10:44 +00:00
if (fallback_source.pixbuf == NULL)
fallback_source.pixbuf = gdk_pixbuf_new_from_inline (-1, stock_missing_image_24, FALSE, NULL);
return gtk_style_render_icon (style,
&fallback_source,
direction,
state,
size,
widget,
detail);
new function, turns off decorations for a window. 2001-03-07 Havoc Pennington <hp@redhat.com> * gtk/gtkwindow.c (gtk_window_set_decorated): new function, turns off decorations for a window. * demos/gtk-demo/button_box.c (create_bbox): adapt to button box changes * gtk/gtklabel.c (gtk_label_get_layout_offsets): new function to get location of PangoLayout inside the label, closes #51198 * gtk/testgtk.c (create_bbox): fix up button box usage * gtk/testcalendar.c (create_calendar): fix up button box usage * gtk/gtkfilesel.c (gtk_file_selection_init): fixup buttonbox usage * gtk/gtkdialog.c (gtk_dialog_init): fixup buttonbox usage * gtk/gtkhbbox.h: deprecations * gtk/gtkvbbox.h: deprecations * gtk/gtkbox.c (gtk_box_get_spacing): new function, used to emulate deprecated gtk_button_box_get_spacing * gtk/gtkbbox.h: deprecate some useless functions, remove entirely the "set global default" functions (struct _GtkButtonBox): remove "spacing" field, use the one from GtkBox base class * gtk/gtkbbox.c (_gtk_button_box_child_requisition): rename with uscore * gtk/gtkiconfactory.c (gtk_icon_set_render_icon): If we fail to render the icon, return the missing image icon. * gtk/gtkimage.c (gtk_image_set_from_file): fall back to missing image icon if the load fails. * gtk/gtkstock.h (GTK_STOCK_MISSING_IMAGE): Add stock icon for use when no image is found; should be the Netscape "missing image" icon eventually but for now is a random image * gtk/gtkwindow.c (gtk_window_set_role): new function, sets the role for the session manager * gtk/testgtk.c (dnd_drop): remove use of GTK_WINDOW_DIALOG * gtk/gtkcompat.h (GTK_WINDOW_DIALOG): compat #define GTK_WINDOW_DIALOG GTK_WINDOW_TOPLEVEL * gtk/gtkenums.h (enum GtkWindowType): remove GTK_WINDOW_DIALOG
2001-03-07 21:10:44 +00:00
}
/**
* gtk_icon_set_render_icon:
* @icon_set: a #GtkIconSet
* @style: a #GtkStyle associated with @widget, or %NULL
* @direction: text direction
* @state: widget state
* @size: icon size
* @widget: widget that will display the icon, or %NULL
* @detail: detail to pass to the theme engine, or %NULL
*
* Renders an icon using gtk_style_render_icon(). In most cases,
* gtk_widget_render_icon() is better, since it automatically provides
* most of the arguments from the current widget settings. This
* function never returns %NULL; if the icon can't be rendered
* (perhaps because an image file fails to load), a default "missing
* image" icon will be returned instead.
*
* Return value: a #GdkPixbuf to be displayed
**/
Move more text widget headers into the private header list 2000-09-26 Havoc Pennington <hp@redhat.com> * gtk/Makefile.am (gtk_private_h_sources): Move more text widget headers into the private header list * Makefile.am (pkgconfig_DATA): install pkg-config files * configure.in: add pkg-config files * gdk-2.0.pc.in, gdk-pixbuf.pc.in, gtk+-2.0.pc.in: pkg-config files * gtk/gtkwindow.c (gtk_window_read_rcfiles): Invalidate outstanding icon caches on theme change. * gtk/gtkiconfactory.h, gtk/gtkiconfactory.c: New icon system. Three important types: (GtkIconSource): Specification for creating a pixbuf appropriate for a direction/state/size triplet from a source pixbuf or filename (GtkIconSet): List of GtkIconSource objects that are used to create the "same" icon (e.g. an OK button icon), and cache for rendered icons (GtkIconFactory): Hash from stock ID to GtkIconSet; used to look up the icon set for a given stock ID. GTK maintains a stack of GtkIconFactory to search, and applications or libraries can add additional icon factories on top of the stack * gtk/gtkrc.h, gtk/gtkrc.c: When loading an RcStyle, parse the set of GtkIconSource specified for a given stock ID into a GtkIconSet, and put the GtkIconSet into a GtkIconFactory for the RcStyle, under the specified stock ID. * gtk/gtkstyle.h, gtk/gtkstyle.c: Add a virtual function render_icon used to derive a GdkPixbuf from a GtkIconSource. This allows people to theme how prelight, insensitive, etc. are done. (gtk_style_lookup_icon_set): Look up a stock ID in the list of icon factories for a style, and return the resulting icon set if any. (gtk_style_render_icon): Render an icon using the render_icon method in the GtkStyleClass. * gtk/gtkwidget.h, gtk/gtkwidget.c (gtk_widget_render_icon): Use the style for a given widget to look up a stock ID, get the icon set, and render an icon using the render_icon method of the style * gtk/gtkstock.h, gtk/gtkstock.c: Header with the GtkStockItem type (contains information about a stock item), the built-in stock item IDs, and functions to add/lookup stock items. * gtk/stock-icons/*: Stock icons that come with GTK * gtk/gtkbutton.h, gtk/gtkbutton.c (gtk_button_new_stock): Returns a button based on a GtkStockItem (gtk_button_new_accel): Takes a uline string and accel group, and installs the accelerator. * gtk/gtkimage.h, gtk/gtkimage.c: Make this into a generic image-display widget.
2000-09-26 20:22:17 +00:00
GdkPixbuf*
gtk_icon_set_render_icon (GtkIconSet *icon_set,
GtkStyle *style,
GtkTextDirection direction,
GtkStateType state,
GtkIconSize size,
Move more text widget headers into the private header list 2000-09-26 Havoc Pennington <hp@redhat.com> * gtk/Makefile.am (gtk_private_h_sources): Move more text widget headers into the private header list * Makefile.am (pkgconfig_DATA): install pkg-config files * configure.in: add pkg-config files * gdk-2.0.pc.in, gdk-pixbuf.pc.in, gtk+-2.0.pc.in: pkg-config files * gtk/gtkwindow.c (gtk_window_read_rcfiles): Invalidate outstanding icon caches on theme change. * gtk/gtkiconfactory.h, gtk/gtkiconfactory.c: New icon system. Three important types: (GtkIconSource): Specification for creating a pixbuf appropriate for a direction/state/size triplet from a source pixbuf or filename (GtkIconSet): List of GtkIconSource objects that are used to create the "same" icon (e.g. an OK button icon), and cache for rendered icons (GtkIconFactory): Hash from stock ID to GtkIconSet; used to look up the icon set for a given stock ID. GTK maintains a stack of GtkIconFactory to search, and applications or libraries can add additional icon factories on top of the stack * gtk/gtkrc.h, gtk/gtkrc.c: When loading an RcStyle, parse the set of GtkIconSource specified for a given stock ID into a GtkIconSet, and put the GtkIconSet into a GtkIconFactory for the RcStyle, under the specified stock ID. * gtk/gtkstyle.h, gtk/gtkstyle.c: Add a virtual function render_icon used to derive a GdkPixbuf from a GtkIconSource. This allows people to theme how prelight, insensitive, etc. are done. (gtk_style_lookup_icon_set): Look up a stock ID in the list of icon factories for a style, and return the resulting icon set if any. (gtk_style_render_icon): Render an icon using the render_icon method in the GtkStyleClass. * gtk/gtkwidget.h, gtk/gtkwidget.c (gtk_widget_render_icon): Use the style for a given widget to look up a stock ID, get the icon set, and render an icon using the render_icon method of the style * gtk/gtkstock.h, gtk/gtkstock.c: Header with the GtkStockItem type (contains information about a stock item), the built-in stock item IDs, and functions to add/lookup stock items. * gtk/stock-icons/*: Stock icons that come with GTK * gtk/gtkbutton.h, gtk/gtkbutton.c (gtk_button_new_stock): Returns a button based on a GtkStockItem (gtk_button_new_accel): Takes a uline string and accel group, and installs the accelerator. * gtk/gtkimage.h, gtk/gtkimage.c: Make this into a generic image-display widget.
2000-09-26 20:22:17 +00:00
GtkWidget *widget,
const char *detail)
{
GdkPixbuf *icon;
GtkIconSource *source;
g_return_val_if_fail (icon_set != NULL, NULL);
g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_STYLE (style), NULL);
if (icon_set->sources == NULL)
return render_fallback_image (style, direction, state, size, widget, detail);
Move more text widget headers into the private header list 2000-09-26 Havoc Pennington <hp@redhat.com> * gtk/Makefile.am (gtk_private_h_sources): Move more text widget headers into the private header list * Makefile.am (pkgconfig_DATA): install pkg-config files * configure.in: add pkg-config files * gdk-2.0.pc.in, gdk-pixbuf.pc.in, gtk+-2.0.pc.in: pkg-config files * gtk/gtkwindow.c (gtk_window_read_rcfiles): Invalidate outstanding icon caches on theme change. * gtk/gtkiconfactory.h, gtk/gtkiconfactory.c: New icon system. Three important types: (GtkIconSource): Specification for creating a pixbuf appropriate for a direction/state/size triplet from a source pixbuf or filename (GtkIconSet): List of GtkIconSource objects that are used to create the "same" icon (e.g. an OK button icon), and cache for rendered icons (GtkIconFactory): Hash from stock ID to GtkIconSet; used to look up the icon set for a given stock ID. GTK maintains a stack of GtkIconFactory to search, and applications or libraries can add additional icon factories on top of the stack * gtk/gtkrc.h, gtk/gtkrc.c: When loading an RcStyle, parse the set of GtkIconSource specified for a given stock ID into a GtkIconSet, and put the GtkIconSet into a GtkIconFactory for the RcStyle, under the specified stock ID. * gtk/gtkstyle.h, gtk/gtkstyle.c: Add a virtual function render_icon used to derive a GdkPixbuf from a GtkIconSource. This allows people to theme how prelight, insensitive, etc. are done. (gtk_style_lookup_icon_set): Look up a stock ID in the list of icon factories for a style, and return the resulting icon set if any. (gtk_style_render_icon): Render an icon using the render_icon method in the GtkStyleClass. * gtk/gtkwidget.h, gtk/gtkwidget.c (gtk_widget_render_icon): Use the style for a given widget to look up a stock ID, get the icon set, and render an icon using the render_icon method of the style * gtk/gtkstock.h, gtk/gtkstock.c: Header with the GtkStockItem type (contains information about a stock item), the built-in stock item IDs, and functions to add/lookup stock items. * gtk/stock-icons/*: Stock icons that come with GTK * gtk/gtkbutton.h, gtk/gtkbutton.c (gtk_button_new_stock): Returns a button based on a GtkStockItem (gtk_button_new_accel): Takes a uline string and accel group, and installs the accelerator. * gtk/gtkimage.h, gtk/gtkimage.c: Make this into a generic image-display widget.
2000-09-26 20:22:17 +00:00
icon = find_in_cache (icon_set, style, direction,
state, size);
if (icon)
{
g_object_ref (G_OBJECT (icon));
return icon;
}
source = find_and_prep_icon_source (icon_set, direction, state, size);
if (source == NULL)
return render_fallback_image (style, direction, state, size, widget, detail);
Move more text widget headers into the private header list 2000-09-26 Havoc Pennington <hp@redhat.com> * gtk/Makefile.am (gtk_private_h_sources): Move more text widget headers into the private header list * Makefile.am (pkgconfig_DATA): install pkg-config files * configure.in: add pkg-config files * gdk-2.0.pc.in, gdk-pixbuf.pc.in, gtk+-2.0.pc.in: pkg-config files * gtk/gtkwindow.c (gtk_window_read_rcfiles): Invalidate outstanding icon caches on theme change. * gtk/gtkiconfactory.h, gtk/gtkiconfactory.c: New icon system. Three important types: (GtkIconSource): Specification for creating a pixbuf appropriate for a direction/state/size triplet from a source pixbuf or filename (GtkIconSet): List of GtkIconSource objects that are used to create the "same" icon (e.g. an OK button icon), and cache for rendered icons (GtkIconFactory): Hash from stock ID to GtkIconSet; used to look up the icon set for a given stock ID. GTK maintains a stack of GtkIconFactory to search, and applications or libraries can add additional icon factories on top of the stack * gtk/gtkrc.h, gtk/gtkrc.c: When loading an RcStyle, parse the set of GtkIconSource specified for a given stock ID into a GtkIconSet, and put the GtkIconSet into a GtkIconFactory for the RcStyle, under the specified stock ID. * gtk/gtkstyle.h, gtk/gtkstyle.c: Add a virtual function render_icon used to derive a GdkPixbuf from a GtkIconSource. This allows people to theme how prelight, insensitive, etc. are done. (gtk_style_lookup_icon_set): Look up a stock ID in the list of icon factories for a style, and return the resulting icon set if any. (gtk_style_render_icon): Render an icon using the render_icon method in the GtkStyleClass. * gtk/gtkwidget.h, gtk/gtkwidget.c (gtk_widget_render_icon): Use the style for a given widget to look up a stock ID, get the icon set, and render an icon using the render_icon method of the style * gtk/gtkstock.h, gtk/gtkstock.c: Header with the GtkStockItem type (contains information about a stock item), the built-in stock item IDs, and functions to add/lookup stock items. * gtk/stock-icons/*: Stock icons that come with GTK * gtk/gtkbutton.h, gtk/gtkbutton.c (gtk_button_new_stock): Returns a button based on a GtkStockItem (gtk_button_new_accel): Takes a uline string and accel group, and installs the accelerator. * gtk/gtkimage.h, gtk/gtkimage.c: Make this into a generic image-display widget.
2000-09-26 20:22:17 +00:00
g_assert (source->pixbuf != NULL);
icon = gtk_style_render_icon (style,
source,
direction,
state,
size,
widget,
detail);
if (icon == NULL)
{
g_warning ("Theme engine failed to render icon");
return NULL;
Move more text widget headers into the private header list 2000-09-26 Havoc Pennington <hp@redhat.com> * gtk/Makefile.am (gtk_private_h_sources): Move more text widget headers into the private header list * Makefile.am (pkgconfig_DATA): install pkg-config files * configure.in: add pkg-config files * gdk-2.0.pc.in, gdk-pixbuf.pc.in, gtk+-2.0.pc.in: pkg-config files * gtk/gtkwindow.c (gtk_window_read_rcfiles): Invalidate outstanding icon caches on theme change. * gtk/gtkiconfactory.h, gtk/gtkiconfactory.c: New icon system. Three important types: (GtkIconSource): Specification for creating a pixbuf appropriate for a direction/state/size triplet from a source pixbuf or filename (GtkIconSet): List of GtkIconSource objects that are used to create the "same" icon (e.g. an OK button icon), and cache for rendered icons (GtkIconFactory): Hash from stock ID to GtkIconSet; used to look up the icon set for a given stock ID. GTK maintains a stack of GtkIconFactory to search, and applications or libraries can add additional icon factories on top of the stack * gtk/gtkrc.h, gtk/gtkrc.c: When loading an RcStyle, parse the set of GtkIconSource specified for a given stock ID into a GtkIconSet, and put the GtkIconSet into a GtkIconFactory for the RcStyle, under the specified stock ID. * gtk/gtkstyle.h, gtk/gtkstyle.c: Add a virtual function render_icon used to derive a GdkPixbuf from a GtkIconSource. This allows people to theme how prelight, insensitive, etc. are done. (gtk_style_lookup_icon_set): Look up a stock ID in the list of icon factories for a style, and return the resulting icon set if any. (gtk_style_render_icon): Render an icon using the render_icon method in the GtkStyleClass. * gtk/gtkwidget.h, gtk/gtkwidget.c (gtk_widget_render_icon): Use the style for a given widget to look up a stock ID, get the icon set, and render an icon using the render_icon method of the style * gtk/gtkstock.h, gtk/gtkstock.c: Header with the GtkStockItem type (contains information about a stock item), the built-in stock item IDs, and functions to add/lookup stock items. * gtk/stock-icons/*: Stock icons that come with GTK * gtk/gtkbutton.h, gtk/gtkbutton.c (gtk_button_new_stock): Returns a button based on a GtkStockItem (gtk_button_new_accel): Takes a uline string and accel group, and installs the accelerator. * gtk/gtkimage.h, gtk/gtkimage.c: Make this into a generic image-display widget.
2000-09-26 20:22:17 +00:00
}
add_to_cache (icon_set, style, direction, state, size, icon);
return icon;
}
/* Order sources by their "wildness", so that "wilder" sources are
* greater than "specific" sources; for determining ordering,
* direction beats state beats size.
*/
static int
icon_source_compare (gconstpointer ap, gconstpointer bp)
{
const GtkIconSource *a = ap;
const GtkIconSource *b = bp;
if (!a->any_direction && b->any_direction)
return -1;
else if (a->any_direction && !b->any_direction)
return 1;
else if (!a->any_state && b->any_state)
return -1;
else if (a->any_state && !b->any_state)
return 1;
else if (!a->any_size && b->any_size)
return -1;
else if (a->any_size && !b->any_size)
return 1;
else
return 0;
}
/**
* gtk_icon_set_add_source:
* @icon_set: a #GtkIconSet
* @source: a #GtkIconSource
*
* Icon sets have a list of #GtkIconSource, which they use as base
* icons for rendering icons in different states and sizes. Icons are
* scaled, made to look insensitive, etc. in
* gtk_icon_set_render_icon(), but #GtkIconSet needs base images to
* work with. The base images and when to use them are described by
* a #GtkIconSource.
*
* This function copies @source, so you can reuse the same source immediately
* without affecting the icon set.
*
* An example of when you'd use this function: a web browser's "Back
* to Previous Page" icon might point in a different direction in
* Hebrew and in English; it might look different when insensitive;
* and it might change size depending on toolbar mode (small/large
* icons). So a single icon set would contain all those variants of
* the icon, and you might add a separate source for each one.
*
* You should nearly always add a "default" icon source with all
* fields wildcarded, which will be used as a fallback if no more
* specific source matches. #GtkIconSet always prefers more specific
* icon sources to more generic icon sources. The order in which you
* add the sources to the icon set does not matter.
*
* gtk_icon_set_new_from_pixbuf() creates a new icon set with a
* default icon source based on the given pixbuf.
*
**/
Move more text widget headers into the private header list 2000-09-26 Havoc Pennington <hp@redhat.com> * gtk/Makefile.am (gtk_private_h_sources): Move more text widget headers into the private header list * Makefile.am (pkgconfig_DATA): install pkg-config files * configure.in: add pkg-config files * gdk-2.0.pc.in, gdk-pixbuf.pc.in, gtk+-2.0.pc.in: pkg-config files * gtk/gtkwindow.c (gtk_window_read_rcfiles): Invalidate outstanding icon caches on theme change. * gtk/gtkiconfactory.h, gtk/gtkiconfactory.c: New icon system. Three important types: (GtkIconSource): Specification for creating a pixbuf appropriate for a direction/state/size triplet from a source pixbuf or filename (GtkIconSet): List of GtkIconSource objects that are used to create the "same" icon (e.g. an OK button icon), and cache for rendered icons (GtkIconFactory): Hash from stock ID to GtkIconSet; used to look up the icon set for a given stock ID. GTK maintains a stack of GtkIconFactory to search, and applications or libraries can add additional icon factories on top of the stack * gtk/gtkrc.h, gtk/gtkrc.c: When loading an RcStyle, parse the set of GtkIconSource specified for a given stock ID into a GtkIconSet, and put the GtkIconSet into a GtkIconFactory for the RcStyle, under the specified stock ID. * gtk/gtkstyle.h, gtk/gtkstyle.c: Add a virtual function render_icon used to derive a GdkPixbuf from a GtkIconSource. This allows people to theme how prelight, insensitive, etc. are done. (gtk_style_lookup_icon_set): Look up a stock ID in the list of icon factories for a style, and return the resulting icon set if any. (gtk_style_render_icon): Render an icon using the render_icon method in the GtkStyleClass. * gtk/gtkwidget.h, gtk/gtkwidget.c (gtk_widget_render_icon): Use the style for a given widget to look up a stock ID, get the icon set, and render an icon using the render_icon method of the style * gtk/gtkstock.h, gtk/gtkstock.c: Header with the GtkStockItem type (contains information about a stock item), the built-in stock item IDs, and functions to add/lookup stock items. * gtk/stock-icons/*: Stock icons that come with GTK * gtk/gtkbutton.h, gtk/gtkbutton.c (gtk_button_new_stock): Returns a button based on a GtkStockItem (gtk_button_new_accel): Takes a uline string and accel group, and installs the accelerator. * gtk/gtkimage.h, gtk/gtkimage.c: Make this into a generic image-display widget.
2000-09-26 20:22:17 +00:00
void
gtk_icon_set_add_source (GtkIconSet *icon_set,
const GtkIconSource *source)
{
g_return_if_fail (icon_set != NULL);
g_return_if_fail (source != NULL);
if (source->pixbuf == NULL &&
source->filename == NULL)
{
g_warning ("Useless GtkIconSource contains NULL filename and pixbuf");
return;
}
icon_set->sources = g_slist_insert_sorted (icon_set->sources,
gtk_icon_source_copy (source),
icon_source_compare);
}
/**
* gtk_icon_set_get_sizes:
* @icon_set: a #GtkIconSet
* @sizes: return location for array of sizes
* @n_sizes: location to store number of elements in returned array
*
* Obtains a list of icon sizes this icon set can render. The returned
* array must be freed with g_free().
*
**/
void
gtk_icon_set_get_sizes (GtkIconSet *icon_set,
GtkIconSize **sizes,
gint *n_sizes)
{
GSList *tmp_list;
gboolean all_sizes = FALSE;
GSList *specifics = NULL;
g_return_if_fail (icon_set != NULL);
g_return_if_fail (sizes != NULL);
g_return_if_fail (n_sizes != NULL);
tmp_list = icon_set->sources;
while (tmp_list != NULL)
{
GtkIconSource *source;
source = tmp_list->data;
if (source->any_size)
{
all_sizes = TRUE;
break;
}
else
specifics = g_slist_prepend (specifics, GINT_TO_POINTER (source->size));
tmp_list = g_slist_next (tmp_list);
}
if (all_sizes)
{
/* Need to find out what sizes exist */
gint i;
init_icon_sizes ();
*sizes = g_new (GtkIconSize, icon_sizes_used);
*n_sizes = icon_sizes_used - 1;
i = 1;
while (i < icon_sizes_used)
{
(*sizes)[i - 1] = icon_sizes[i].size;
++i;
}
}
else
{
gint i;
*n_sizes = g_slist_length (specifics);
*sizes = g_new (GtkIconSize, *n_sizes);
i = 0;
tmp_list = specifics;
while (tmp_list != NULL)
{
(*sizes)[i] = GPOINTER_TO_INT (tmp_list->data);
++i;
tmp_list = g_slist_next (tmp_list);
}
}
g_slist_free (specifics);
}
/**
* gtk_icon_source_new:
*
* Creates a new #GtkIconSource. A #GtkIconSource contains a #GdkPixbuf (or
* image filename) that serves as the base image for one or more of the
* icons in a #GtkIconSet, along with a specification for which icons in the
* icon set will be based on that pixbuf or image file. An icon set contains
* a set of icons that represent "the same" logical concept in different states,
* different global text directions, and different sizes.
*
* So for example a web browser's "Back to Previous Page" icon might
* point in a different direction in Hebrew and in English; it might
* look different when insensitive; and it might change size depending
* on toolbar mode (small/large icons). So a single icon set would
* contain all those variants of the icon. #GtkIconSet contains a list
* of #GtkIconSource from which it can derive specific icon variants in
* the set.
*
* In the simplest case, #GtkIconSet contains one source pixbuf from
* which it derives all variants. The convenience function
* gtk_icon_set_new_from_pixbuf() handles this case; if you only have
* one source pixbuf, just use that function.
*
* If you want to use a different base pixbuf for different icon
* variants, you create multiple icon sources, mark which variants
* they'll be used to create, and add them to the icon set with
* gtk_icon_set_add_source().
*
* By default, the icon source has all parameters wildcarded. That is,
* the icon source will be used as the base icon for any desired text
* direction, widget state, or icon size.
*
* Return value: a new #GtkIconSource
**/
GtkIconSource*
gtk_icon_source_new (void)
{
GtkIconSource *src;
src = g_new0 (GtkIconSource, 1);
src->direction = GTK_TEXT_DIR_NONE;
src->size = GTK_ICON_SIZE_INVALID;
src->state = GTK_STATE_NORMAL;
src->any_direction = TRUE;
src->any_state = TRUE;
src->any_size = TRUE;
return src;
}
/**
* gtk_icon_source_copy:
* @source: a #GtkIconSource
*
* Creates a copy of @source; mostly useful for language bindings.
*
* Return value: a new #GtkIconSource
**/
GtkIconSource*
Move more text widget headers into the private header list 2000-09-26 Havoc Pennington <hp@redhat.com> * gtk/Makefile.am (gtk_private_h_sources): Move more text widget headers into the private header list * Makefile.am (pkgconfig_DATA): install pkg-config files * configure.in: add pkg-config files * gdk-2.0.pc.in, gdk-pixbuf.pc.in, gtk+-2.0.pc.in: pkg-config files * gtk/gtkwindow.c (gtk_window_read_rcfiles): Invalidate outstanding icon caches on theme change. * gtk/gtkiconfactory.h, gtk/gtkiconfactory.c: New icon system. Three important types: (GtkIconSource): Specification for creating a pixbuf appropriate for a direction/state/size triplet from a source pixbuf or filename (GtkIconSet): List of GtkIconSource objects that are used to create the "same" icon (e.g. an OK button icon), and cache for rendered icons (GtkIconFactory): Hash from stock ID to GtkIconSet; used to look up the icon set for a given stock ID. GTK maintains a stack of GtkIconFactory to search, and applications or libraries can add additional icon factories on top of the stack * gtk/gtkrc.h, gtk/gtkrc.c: When loading an RcStyle, parse the set of GtkIconSource specified for a given stock ID into a GtkIconSet, and put the GtkIconSet into a GtkIconFactory for the RcStyle, under the specified stock ID. * gtk/gtkstyle.h, gtk/gtkstyle.c: Add a virtual function render_icon used to derive a GdkPixbuf from a GtkIconSource. This allows people to theme how prelight, insensitive, etc. are done. (gtk_style_lookup_icon_set): Look up a stock ID in the list of icon factories for a style, and return the resulting icon set if any. (gtk_style_render_icon): Render an icon using the render_icon method in the GtkStyleClass. * gtk/gtkwidget.h, gtk/gtkwidget.c (gtk_widget_render_icon): Use the style for a given widget to look up a stock ID, get the icon set, and render an icon using the render_icon method of the style * gtk/gtkstock.h, gtk/gtkstock.c: Header with the GtkStockItem type (contains information about a stock item), the built-in stock item IDs, and functions to add/lookup stock items. * gtk/stock-icons/*: Stock icons that come with GTK * gtk/gtkbutton.h, gtk/gtkbutton.c (gtk_button_new_stock): Returns a button based on a GtkStockItem (gtk_button_new_accel): Takes a uline string and accel group, and installs the accelerator. * gtk/gtkimage.h, gtk/gtkimage.c: Make this into a generic image-display widget.
2000-09-26 20:22:17 +00:00
gtk_icon_source_copy (const GtkIconSource *source)
{
GtkIconSource *copy;
g_return_val_if_fail (source != NULL, NULL);
copy = g_new (GtkIconSource, 1);
*copy = *source;
copy->filename = g_strdup (source->filename);
copy->size = source->size;
Move more text widget headers into the private header list 2000-09-26 Havoc Pennington <hp@redhat.com> * gtk/Makefile.am (gtk_private_h_sources): Move more text widget headers into the private header list * Makefile.am (pkgconfig_DATA): install pkg-config files * configure.in: add pkg-config files * gdk-2.0.pc.in, gdk-pixbuf.pc.in, gtk+-2.0.pc.in: pkg-config files * gtk/gtkwindow.c (gtk_window_read_rcfiles): Invalidate outstanding icon caches on theme change. * gtk/gtkiconfactory.h, gtk/gtkiconfactory.c: New icon system. Three important types: (GtkIconSource): Specification for creating a pixbuf appropriate for a direction/state/size triplet from a source pixbuf or filename (GtkIconSet): List of GtkIconSource objects that are used to create the "same" icon (e.g. an OK button icon), and cache for rendered icons (GtkIconFactory): Hash from stock ID to GtkIconSet; used to look up the icon set for a given stock ID. GTK maintains a stack of GtkIconFactory to search, and applications or libraries can add additional icon factories on top of the stack * gtk/gtkrc.h, gtk/gtkrc.c: When loading an RcStyle, parse the set of GtkIconSource specified for a given stock ID into a GtkIconSet, and put the GtkIconSet into a GtkIconFactory for the RcStyle, under the specified stock ID. * gtk/gtkstyle.h, gtk/gtkstyle.c: Add a virtual function render_icon used to derive a GdkPixbuf from a GtkIconSource. This allows people to theme how prelight, insensitive, etc. are done. (gtk_style_lookup_icon_set): Look up a stock ID in the list of icon factories for a style, and return the resulting icon set if any. (gtk_style_render_icon): Render an icon using the render_icon method in the GtkStyleClass. * gtk/gtkwidget.h, gtk/gtkwidget.c (gtk_widget_render_icon): Use the style for a given widget to look up a stock ID, get the icon set, and render an icon using the render_icon method of the style * gtk/gtkstock.h, gtk/gtkstock.c: Header with the GtkStockItem type (contains information about a stock item), the built-in stock item IDs, and functions to add/lookup stock items. * gtk/stock-icons/*: Stock icons that come with GTK * gtk/gtkbutton.h, gtk/gtkbutton.c (gtk_button_new_stock): Returns a button based on a GtkStockItem (gtk_button_new_accel): Takes a uline string and accel group, and installs the accelerator. * gtk/gtkimage.h, gtk/gtkimage.c: Make this into a generic image-display widget.
2000-09-26 20:22:17 +00:00
if (copy->pixbuf)
g_object_ref (G_OBJECT (copy->pixbuf));
return copy;
}
/**
* gtk_icon_source_free:
* @source: a #GtkIconSource
*
* Frees a dynamically-allocated icon source, along with its
* filename, size, and pixbuf fields if those are not %NULL.
**/
Move more text widget headers into the private header list 2000-09-26 Havoc Pennington <hp@redhat.com> * gtk/Makefile.am (gtk_private_h_sources): Move more text widget headers into the private header list * Makefile.am (pkgconfig_DATA): install pkg-config files * configure.in: add pkg-config files * gdk-2.0.pc.in, gdk-pixbuf.pc.in, gtk+-2.0.pc.in: pkg-config files * gtk/gtkwindow.c (gtk_window_read_rcfiles): Invalidate outstanding icon caches on theme change. * gtk/gtkiconfactory.h, gtk/gtkiconfactory.c: New icon system. Three important types: (GtkIconSource): Specification for creating a pixbuf appropriate for a direction/state/size triplet from a source pixbuf or filename (GtkIconSet): List of GtkIconSource objects that are used to create the "same" icon (e.g. an OK button icon), and cache for rendered icons (GtkIconFactory): Hash from stock ID to GtkIconSet; used to look up the icon set for a given stock ID. GTK maintains a stack of GtkIconFactory to search, and applications or libraries can add additional icon factories on top of the stack * gtk/gtkrc.h, gtk/gtkrc.c: When loading an RcStyle, parse the set of GtkIconSource specified for a given stock ID into a GtkIconSet, and put the GtkIconSet into a GtkIconFactory for the RcStyle, under the specified stock ID. * gtk/gtkstyle.h, gtk/gtkstyle.c: Add a virtual function render_icon used to derive a GdkPixbuf from a GtkIconSource. This allows people to theme how prelight, insensitive, etc. are done. (gtk_style_lookup_icon_set): Look up a stock ID in the list of icon factories for a style, and return the resulting icon set if any. (gtk_style_render_icon): Render an icon using the render_icon method in the GtkStyleClass. * gtk/gtkwidget.h, gtk/gtkwidget.c (gtk_widget_render_icon): Use the style for a given widget to look up a stock ID, get the icon set, and render an icon using the render_icon method of the style * gtk/gtkstock.h, gtk/gtkstock.c: Header with the GtkStockItem type (contains information about a stock item), the built-in stock item IDs, and functions to add/lookup stock items. * gtk/stock-icons/*: Stock icons that come with GTK * gtk/gtkbutton.h, gtk/gtkbutton.c (gtk_button_new_stock): Returns a button based on a GtkStockItem (gtk_button_new_accel): Takes a uline string and accel group, and installs the accelerator. * gtk/gtkimage.h, gtk/gtkimage.c: Make this into a generic image-display widget.
2000-09-26 20:22:17 +00:00
void
gtk_icon_source_free (GtkIconSource *source)
{
g_return_if_fail (source != NULL);
g_free ((char*) source->filename);
if (source->pixbuf)
g_object_unref (G_OBJECT (source->pixbuf));
g_free (source);
}
GType
gtk_icon_source_get_type (void)
{
static GType our_type = 0;
if (our_type == 0)
our_type = g_boxed_type_register_static ("GtkIconSource",
(GBoxedCopyFunc) gtk_icon_source_copy,
(GBoxedFreeFunc) gtk_icon_source_free);
return our_type;
}
/**
* gtk_icon_source_set_filename:
* @source: a #GtkIconSource
* @filename: image file to use
*
Allow %NULL for style to mean "revert to default style" Tue Jun 26 19:39:03 2001 Owen Taylor <otaylor@redhat.com> * gtk/gtkwidget.c (gtk_widget_set_style): Allow %NULL for style to mean "revert to default style" * gtk/gtkwidget.[ch] (gtk_widget_set_rc_style, gtk_widget_restore_default_style): Make this functions deprecated aliases for gtk_widget_set_style (widget, NULL). * gtk/gtkwidget.[ch]: Remove: gtk_widget_set_default_style () gtk_widget_push_style () gtk_widget_pop_style () These functions interact are overriden by RC files, and thus virtually useless, and complicated. Fri Jun 22 18:49:48 2001 Owen Taylor <otaylor@redhat.com> * gtk/gtkrc.c: Add a GtkRcContext structure to hold most of the previous global variables in gtkrc.c. This is in preparation for multi-head, since each screen can have different GtkSettings and RC information. * gtk/gtkrc.[ch]: * gtk/gtkrc.h (struct _GtkRcStyleClass): Add a GtkSettings parameter to GtkRcStyle::parse. * gdk/x11/gdkevents-x11.c gtk/gtksettings.c gtk/gtkrc.c: Add two new settings gtk-theme-name, gtk-key-theme-name, for RC files that are loaded by name after reading the default RC files. * gtk/gtkrc.c: Allow priorities for styles, as wll as bindings. * gtk/gtkenums.h gtk/gtkrc.c: Add GTK_PATH_PRIO_THEME, and use it by default for RC files loaded via gtk-theme-name, gtk-key-theme-name. * gtk/gtkiconfactory.c (gtk_icon_source_set_filename) gtk/gtkrc.c (gtk_rc_parse_pixmap_path_string) tests/testgtkrc: Require pathnames to be absolute. * gtk/gtkrc.c gtk/gtkiconfactory.c: Look up the full filename for the source when parsing, since the operation of looking up a pixmap from an RC file depends on the parsing context. * gtk/gtkrc.c (gtk_rc_context_reparse_all): Automatically reset RC styles on all widgets when files are reparsed. * tests/testgtk.c (create_rc_file) gtk/gtkwindow.c (gtk_window_read_rcfiles): Simplify, now that gtk_rc_reparse_all() resets styles on all widgets itself. * gtk/gtkmain.c (gtk_get_default_language): Fix broken return value. * gtk/gtksettings.[ch] (gtk_settings_install_property[_ch]): Remove GtkSettings argument. * gtk/gtksettings.[ch] (gtk_settings_get_default): Rename from gtk_settings_get_global(). * gtk/gtkwidget.[ch]: Add a function gtk_widget_Get_settings() to get the appropriate GtkSettings for a widget. (For now, just gets the default GtkSetttings.) * gtk/gtkcolorsel.c gtk/gtkentry.c gtk/gtkmenu.c gtk/gtkmenubar.c gtk/gtktextview.c gtk/gtktoolbar.c: Fixes for GtkSettings changes. * gtk/gtkrc.[ch]: Add gtk_rc_get_style_by_paths() to allow getting a style for a path without actually having a widget. (Allows using a style for a subpart of a widget, for example.) * gtk/gtkrc.[ch]: Add gtk_rc_reparse_all_for_setting() to allow forcing the RC files to be reloaded for just one GtkSettings (not sure how useful this really is.) * gtk/gtkrc.h: Deprecate gtk_rc_add_widget_name/widget_class/class_style
2001-06-30 16:08:25 +00:00
* Sets the name of an image file to use as a base image when creating
* icon variants for #GtkIconSet. The filename must be absolute.
**/
void
Allow %NULL for style to mean "revert to default style" Tue Jun 26 19:39:03 2001 Owen Taylor <otaylor@redhat.com> * gtk/gtkwidget.c (gtk_widget_set_style): Allow %NULL for style to mean "revert to default style" * gtk/gtkwidget.[ch] (gtk_widget_set_rc_style, gtk_widget_restore_default_style): Make this functions deprecated aliases for gtk_widget_set_style (widget, NULL). * gtk/gtkwidget.[ch]: Remove: gtk_widget_set_default_style () gtk_widget_push_style () gtk_widget_pop_style () These functions interact are overriden by RC files, and thus virtually useless, and complicated. Fri Jun 22 18:49:48 2001 Owen Taylor <otaylor@redhat.com> * gtk/gtkrc.c: Add a GtkRcContext structure to hold most of the previous global variables in gtkrc.c. This is in preparation for multi-head, since each screen can have different GtkSettings and RC information. * gtk/gtkrc.[ch]: * gtk/gtkrc.h (struct _GtkRcStyleClass): Add a GtkSettings parameter to GtkRcStyle::parse. * gdk/x11/gdkevents-x11.c gtk/gtksettings.c gtk/gtkrc.c: Add two new settings gtk-theme-name, gtk-key-theme-name, for RC files that are loaded by name after reading the default RC files. * gtk/gtkrc.c: Allow priorities for styles, as wll as bindings. * gtk/gtkenums.h gtk/gtkrc.c: Add GTK_PATH_PRIO_THEME, and use it by default for RC files loaded via gtk-theme-name, gtk-key-theme-name. * gtk/gtkiconfactory.c (gtk_icon_source_set_filename) gtk/gtkrc.c (gtk_rc_parse_pixmap_path_string) tests/testgtkrc: Require pathnames to be absolute. * gtk/gtkrc.c gtk/gtkiconfactory.c: Look up the full filename for the source when parsing, since the operation of looking up a pixmap from an RC file depends on the parsing context. * gtk/gtkrc.c (gtk_rc_context_reparse_all): Automatically reset RC styles on all widgets when files are reparsed. * tests/testgtk.c (create_rc_file) gtk/gtkwindow.c (gtk_window_read_rcfiles): Simplify, now that gtk_rc_reparse_all() resets styles on all widgets itself. * gtk/gtkmain.c (gtk_get_default_language): Fix broken return value. * gtk/gtksettings.[ch] (gtk_settings_install_property[_ch]): Remove GtkSettings argument. * gtk/gtksettings.[ch] (gtk_settings_get_default): Rename from gtk_settings_get_global(). * gtk/gtkwidget.[ch]: Add a function gtk_widget_Get_settings() to get the appropriate GtkSettings for a widget. (For now, just gets the default GtkSetttings.) * gtk/gtkcolorsel.c gtk/gtkentry.c gtk/gtkmenu.c gtk/gtkmenubar.c gtk/gtktextview.c gtk/gtktoolbar.c: Fixes for GtkSettings changes. * gtk/gtkrc.[ch]: Add gtk_rc_get_style_by_paths() to allow getting a style for a path without actually having a widget. (Allows using a style for a subpart of a widget, for example.) * gtk/gtkrc.[ch]: Add gtk_rc_reparse_all_for_setting() to allow forcing the RC files to be reloaded for just one GtkSettings (not sure how useful this really is.) * gtk/gtkrc.h: Deprecate gtk_rc_add_widget_name/widget_class/class_style
2001-06-30 16:08:25 +00:00
gtk_icon_source_set_filename (GtkIconSource *source,
const gchar *filename)
{
g_return_if_fail (source != NULL);
Allow %NULL for style to mean "revert to default style" Tue Jun 26 19:39:03 2001 Owen Taylor <otaylor@redhat.com> * gtk/gtkwidget.c (gtk_widget_set_style): Allow %NULL for style to mean "revert to default style" * gtk/gtkwidget.[ch] (gtk_widget_set_rc_style, gtk_widget_restore_default_style): Make this functions deprecated aliases for gtk_widget_set_style (widget, NULL). * gtk/gtkwidget.[ch]: Remove: gtk_widget_set_default_style () gtk_widget_push_style () gtk_widget_pop_style () These functions interact are overriden by RC files, and thus virtually useless, and complicated. Fri Jun 22 18:49:48 2001 Owen Taylor <otaylor@redhat.com> * gtk/gtkrc.c: Add a GtkRcContext structure to hold most of the previous global variables in gtkrc.c. This is in preparation for multi-head, since each screen can have different GtkSettings and RC information. * gtk/gtkrc.[ch]: * gtk/gtkrc.h (struct _GtkRcStyleClass): Add a GtkSettings parameter to GtkRcStyle::parse. * gdk/x11/gdkevents-x11.c gtk/gtksettings.c gtk/gtkrc.c: Add two new settings gtk-theme-name, gtk-key-theme-name, for RC files that are loaded by name after reading the default RC files. * gtk/gtkrc.c: Allow priorities for styles, as wll as bindings. * gtk/gtkenums.h gtk/gtkrc.c: Add GTK_PATH_PRIO_THEME, and use it by default for RC files loaded via gtk-theme-name, gtk-key-theme-name. * gtk/gtkiconfactory.c (gtk_icon_source_set_filename) gtk/gtkrc.c (gtk_rc_parse_pixmap_path_string) tests/testgtkrc: Require pathnames to be absolute. * gtk/gtkrc.c gtk/gtkiconfactory.c: Look up the full filename for the source when parsing, since the operation of looking up a pixmap from an RC file depends on the parsing context. * gtk/gtkrc.c (gtk_rc_context_reparse_all): Automatically reset RC styles on all widgets when files are reparsed. * tests/testgtk.c (create_rc_file) gtk/gtkwindow.c (gtk_window_read_rcfiles): Simplify, now that gtk_rc_reparse_all() resets styles on all widgets itself. * gtk/gtkmain.c (gtk_get_default_language): Fix broken return value. * gtk/gtksettings.[ch] (gtk_settings_install_property[_ch]): Remove GtkSettings argument. * gtk/gtksettings.[ch] (gtk_settings_get_default): Rename from gtk_settings_get_global(). * gtk/gtkwidget.[ch]: Add a function gtk_widget_Get_settings() to get the appropriate GtkSettings for a widget. (For now, just gets the default GtkSetttings.) * gtk/gtkcolorsel.c gtk/gtkentry.c gtk/gtkmenu.c gtk/gtkmenubar.c gtk/gtktextview.c gtk/gtktoolbar.c: Fixes for GtkSettings changes. * gtk/gtkrc.[ch]: Add gtk_rc_get_style_by_paths() to allow getting a style for a path without actually having a widget. (Allows using a style for a subpart of a widget, for example.) * gtk/gtkrc.[ch]: Add gtk_rc_reparse_all_for_setting() to allow forcing the RC files to be reloaded for just one GtkSettings (not sure how useful this really is.) * gtk/gtkrc.h: Deprecate gtk_rc_add_widget_name/widget_class/class_style
2001-06-30 16:08:25 +00:00
g_return_if_fail (filename == NULL || g_path_is_absolute (filename));
if (source->filename == filename)
return;
if (source->filename)
g_free (source->filename);
source->filename = g_strdup (filename);
}
/**
* gtk_icon_source_set_pixbuf:
* @source: a #GtkIconSource
* @pixbuf: pixbuf to use as a source
*
* Sets a pixbuf to use as a base image when creating icon variants
* for #GtkIconSet. If an icon source has both a filename and a pixbuf
* set, the pixbuf will take priority.
*
**/
void
gtk_icon_source_set_pixbuf (GtkIconSource *source,
GdkPixbuf *pixbuf)
{
g_return_if_fail (source != NULL);
if (pixbuf)
g_object_ref (G_OBJECT (pixbuf));
if (source->pixbuf)
g_object_unref (G_OBJECT (source->pixbuf));
source->pixbuf = pixbuf;
}
/**
* gtk_icon_source_get_filename:
* @source: a #GtkIconSource
*
Minor documentation fixes 2002-08-10 Soren Sandmann <sandmann@daimi.au.dk> * docs/reference/gtk/tree_widget.sgml, docs/reference/gtk/tmpl/gtkdialog.sgml, docs/reference/gtk/tmpl/gtkentry.sgml, docs/reference/gtk/tmpl/gtkfilesel.sgml, docs/reference/gtk/tmpl/gtkfontsel.sgml, docs/reference/gtk/tmpl/gtkfontseldlg.sgml, docs/reference/gtk/tmpl/gtktreemodel.sgml, docs/reference/gtk/tmpl/gtkwidget.sgml, gdk/x11/gdkdisplay-x11.c, gtk/gtkbbox.c, gtk/gtkbox.c, gtk/gtkbutton.c, gtk/gtkcellrenderer.c, gtk/gtkcellrendererpixbuf.c, gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c, gtk/gtkcheckmenuitem.c, gtk/gtkcontainer.c, gtk/gtkcurve.c, gtk/gtkdialog.h, gtk/gtkentry.c, gtk/gtkfilesel.c, gtk/gtkfontsel.c, gtk/gtkframe.c, gtk/gtkhandlebox.c, gtk/gtkiconfactory.c, gtk/gtkimage.c, gtk/gtkinvisible.c, gtk/gtkitemfactory.c, gtk/gtklabel.c, gtk/gtklayout.c, gtk/gtkmenu.c, gtk/gtkprogress.c, gtk/gtkprogressbar.c, gtk/gtkscrolledwindow.c, gtk/gtksizegroup.c, gtk/gtktable.c, gtk/gtktextiter.c, gtk/gtktexttag.c, gtk/gtktexttag.h, gtk/gtktextview.c, gtk/gtktogglebutton.c, gtk/gtktoolbar.c, gtk/gtktreemodel.c, gtk/gtktreeselection.c, gtk/gtktreestore.c, gtk/gtktreeview.c, gtk/gtktreeviewcolumn.c, gtk/gtkviewport.c, gtk/gtkwidget.c, gtk/gtkwidget.h, gtk/gtkwindow.c: Minor documentation fixes (#89254, patch from Brett Nash; #85809, patch from daten@dnetc.org; #76391, patch from Ross Burton; #74559, Manuel Clos; #73569, #72005, Alexey A. Malyshev; #70061, patch from Dennis Bj"orklund; #64566, #63388, #58328, #57499, #81007, #77349, Vitaly Tishkov; #78932, Vitaly Tishkov, patch from Ross Burton; #73306)
2002-08-10 09:55:41 +00:00
* Retrieves the source filename, or %NULL if none is set. The
* filename is not a copy, and should not be modified or expected to
* persist beyond the lifetime of the icon source.
*
Minor documentation fixes 2002-08-10 Soren Sandmann <sandmann@daimi.au.dk> * docs/reference/gtk/tree_widget.sgml, docs/reference/gtk/tmpl/gtkdialog.sgml, docs/reference/gtk/tmpl/gtkentry.sgml, docs/reference/gtk/tmpl/gtkfilesel.sgml, docs/reference/gtk/tmpl/gtkfontsel.sgml, docs/reference/gtk/tmpl/gtkfontseldlg.sgml, docs/reference/gtk/tmpl/gtktreemodel.sgml, docs/reference/gtk/tmpl/gtkwidget.sgml, gdk/x11/gdkdisplay-x11.c, gtk/gtkbbox.c, gtk/gtkbox.c, gtk/gtkbutton.c, gtk/gtkcellrenderer.c, gtk/gtkcellrendererpixbuf.c, gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c, gtk/gtkcheckmenuitem.c, gtk/gtkcontainer.c, gtk/gtkcurve.c, gtk/gtkdialog.h, gtk/gtkentry.c, gtk/gtkfilesel.c, gtk/gtkfontsel.c, gtk/gtkframe.c, gtk/gtkhandlebox.c, gtk/gtkiconfactory.c, gtk/gtkimage.c, gtk/gtkinvisible.c, gtk/gtkitemfactory.c, gtk/gtklabel.c, gtk/gtklayout.c, gtk/gtkmenu.c, gtk/gtkprogress.c, gtk/gtkprogressbar.c, gtk/gtkscrolledwindow.c, gtk/gtksizegroup.c, gtk/gtktable.c, gtk/gtktextiter.c, gtk/gtktexttag.c, gtk/gtktexttag.h, gtk/gtktextview.c, gtk/gtktogglebutton.c, gtk/gtktoolbar.c, gtk/gtktreemodel.c, gtk/gtktreeselection.c, gtk/gtktreestore.c, gtk/gtktreeview.c, gtk/gtktreeviewcolumn.c, gtk/gtkviewport.c, gtk/gtkwidget.c, gtk/gtkwidget.h, gtk/gtkwindow.c: Minor documentation fixes (#89254, patch from Brett Nash; #85809, patch from daten@dnetc.org; #76391, patch from Ross Burton; #74559, Manuel Clos; #73569, #72005, Alexey A. Malyshev; #70061, patch from Dennis Bj"orklund; #64566, #63388, #58328, #57499, #81007, #77349, Vitaly Tishkov; #78932, Vitaly Tishkov, patch from Ross Burton; #73306)
2002-08-10 09:55:41 +00:00
* Return value: image filename. This string must not be modified
* or freed.
**/
G_CONST_RETURN gchar*
gtk_icon_source_get_filename (const GtkIconSource *source)
{
g_return_val_if_fail (source != NULL, NULL);
return source->filename;
}
/**
* gtk_icon_source_get_pixbuf:
* @source: a #GtkIconSource
*
* Retrieves the source pixbuf, or %NULL if none is set.
* The reference count on the pixbuf is not incremented.
*
* Return value: source pixbuf
**/
GdkPixbuf*
gtk_icon_source_get_pixbuf (const GtkIconSource *source)
{
g_return_val_if_fail (source != NULL, NULL);
return source->pixbuf;
}
/**
* gtk_icon_source_set_direction_wildcarded:
* @source: a #GtkIconSource
* @setting: %TRUE to wildcard the text direction
*
* If the text direction is wildcarded, this source can be used
* as the base image for an icon in any #GtkTextDirection.
* If the text direction is not wildcarded, then the
* text direction the icon source applies to should be set
* with gtk_icon_source_set_direction(), and the icon source
* will only be used with that text direction.
*
* #GtkIconSet prefers non-wildcarded sources (exact matches) over
* wildcarded sources, and will use an exact match when possible.
*
**/
void
gtk_icon_source_set_direction_wildcarded (GtkIconSource *source,
gboolean setting)
{
g_return_if_fail (source != NULL);
source->any_direction = setting != FALSE;
}
/**
* gtk_icon_source_set_state_wildcarded:
* @source: a #GtkIconSource
* @setting: %TRUE to wildcard the widget state
*
* If the widget state is wildcarded, this source can be used as the
* base image for an icon in any #GtkStateType. If the widget state
* is not wildcarded, then the state the source applies to should be
* set with gtk_icon_source_set_state() and the icon source will
* only be used with that specific state.
*
* #GtkIconSet prefers non-wildcarded sources (exact matches) over
* wildcarded sources, and will use an exact match when possible.
*
* #GtkIconSet will normally transform wildcarded source images to
* produce an appropriate icon for a given state, for example
* lightening an image on prelight, but will not modify source images
* that match exactly.
**/
void
gtk_icon_source_set_state_wildcarded (GtkIconSource *source,
gboolean setting)
{
g_return_if_fail (source != NULL);
source->any_state = setting != FALSE;
}
/**
* gtk_icon_source_set_size_wildcarded:
* @source: a #GtkIconSource
* @setting: %TRUE to wildcard the widget state
*
* If the icon size is wildcarded, this source can be used as the base
* image for an icon of any size. If the size is not wildcarded, then
* the size the source applies to should be set with
* gtk_icon_source_set_size() and the icon source will only be used
* with that specific size.
*
* #GtkIconSet prefers non-wildcarded sources (exact matches) over
* wildcarded sources, and will use an exact match when possible.
*
* #GtkIconSet will normally scale wildcarded source images to produce
* an appropriate icon at a given size, but will not change the size
* of source images that match exactly.
**/
void
gtk_icon_source_set_size_wildcarded (GtkIconSource *source,
gboolean setting)
{
g_return_if_fail (source != NULL);
source->any_size = setting != FALSE;
}
/**
* gtk_icon_source_get_size_wildcarded:
* @source: a #GtkIconSource
*
* Gets the value set by gtk_icon_source_set_size_wildcarded().
*
* Return value: %TRUE if this icon source is a base for any icon size variant
**/
gboolean
gtk_icon_source_get_size_wildcarded (const GtkIconSource *source)
{
g_return_val_if_fail (source != NULL, TRUE);
return source->any_size;
}
/**
* gtk_icon_source_get_state_wildcarded:
* @source: a #GtkIconSource
*
* Gets the value set by gtk_icon_source_set_state_wildcarded().
*
* Return value: %TRUE if this icon source is a base for any widget state variant
**/
gboolean
gtk_icon_source_get_state_wildcarded (const GtkIconSource *source)
{
g_return_val_if_fail (source != NULL, TRUE);
return source->any_state;
}
/**
* gtk_icon_source_get_direction_wildcarded:
* @source: a #GtkIconSource
*
* Gets the value set by gtk_icon_source_set_direction_wildcarded().
*
* Return value: %TRUE if this icon source is a base for any text direction variant
**/
gboolean
gtk_icon_source_get_direction_wildcarded (const GtkIconSource *source)
{
g_return_val_if_fail (source != NULL, TRUE);
return source->any_direction;
}
/**
* gtk_icon_source_set_direction:
* @source: a #GtkIconSource
* @direction: text direction this source applies to
*
* Sets the text direction this icon source is intended to be used
* with.
*
* Setting the text direction on an icon source makes no difference
* if the text direction is wildcarded. Therefore, you should usually
* call gtk_icon_source_set_direction_wildcarded() to un-wildcard it
* in addition to calling this function.
*
**/
void
gtk_icon_source_set_direction (GtkIconSource *source,
GtkTextDirection direction)
{
g_return_if_fail (source != NULL);
source->direction = direction;
}
/**
* gtk_icon_source_set_state:
* @source: a #GtkIconSource
* @state: widget state this source applies to
*
* Sets the widget state this icon source is intended to be used
* with.
*
* Setting the widget state on an icon source makes no difference
* if the state is wildcarded. Therefore, you should usually
* call gtk_icon_source_set_state_wildcarded() to un-wildcard it
* in addition to calling this function.
*
**/
void
gtk_icon_source_set_state (GtkIconSource *source,
GtkStateType state)
{
g_return_if_fail (source != NULL);
source->state = state;
}
/**
* gtk_icon_source_set_size:
* @source: a #GtkIconSource
* @size: icon size this source applies to
*
* Sets the icon size this icon source is intended to be used
* with.
*
* Setting the icon size on an icon source makes no difference
* if the size is wildcarded. Therefore, you should usually
* call gtk_icon_source_set_size_wildcarded() to un-wildcard it
* in addition to calling this function.
*
**/
void
gtk_icon_source_set_size (GtkIconSource *source,
GtkIconSize size)
{
g_return_if_fail (source != NULL);
source->size = size;
}
/**
* gtk_icon_source_get_direction:
* @source: a #GtkIconSource
*
* Obtains the text direction this icon source applies to. The return
Doc typo fix. (#68172) * gtk/gtksocket.c (gtk_socket_get_id): Doc typo fix. (#68172) * gtk/gtktreemodel.c (gtk_tree_path_is_descendant): Fix docs. * gtk/gtktreemodel.c (gtk_tree_model_rows_reordered): Document. * gtk/gtkwindow.c (gtk_window_remove_accel_group): Fix docs. * gtk/gtkrc.c (gtk_rc_get_style_by_paths), gtk/gtkwidget.c (gtk_widget_get_toplevel, gtk_widget_push_composite_child), gtk/gtkdialog.c (gtk_dialog_new_with_buttons, gtk_dialog_run): Keep gtk-doc from messing up the indentation of inline examples. * gtk/gtkmain.c, gtk/gtkrc.c: Consistently call g_getenv() instead of getenv(). * gtk/gtktreemodel.c, gtk/gtkaccelgroup.c, gtk/gtkclipboard.c, gtk/gtkdnd.c, gtk/gtkiconfactory.c, gtk/gtkrc.c, gtk/gtkstyle.c, gtk/gtkselection.c: Doc fixes. * gtk/gtkaccelmap.c (gtk_accel_map_add_filter, gtk_accel_map_foreach_unfiltered, gtk_accel_map_load_scanner): Document. * gtk/tmpl/gtksocket.sgml: Mention gtk_socket_get_id() instead of GTK_WINDOW_XWINDOW(). (#68172) * gtk/gtk-sections.txt: Move functions which are documented as "private" or "internal" into Private subsections. * gtk/tmpl/gtkdnd.sgml, gtk/tmpl/gtkobject.sgml, gtk/tmpl/gtkrc.sgml, gtk/tmpl/gtktooltips.sgml, gtk/tmpl/gtkwidget.sgml, gtk/tmpl/gtkclipboard.sgml, gtk/tmpl/gtkstyle.sgml, gtk/tmpl/gtkselection.sgml, gtk/tmpl/gtkfeatures.sgml: Minor markup fixes. * gtk/tmpl/gtksignal.sgml: Add link to GLib signal docs. * gtk/tmpl/gtkpreview.sgml, gtk/tmpl/gtktext.sgml, gtk/tmpl/gtktree.sgml: Remove "deprecated" from short desc. * gtk/tmpl/gtkrc.sgml: Correct names of default RC files.
2002-01-08 00:04:57 +00:00
* value is only useful/meaningful if the text direction is <emphasis>not</emphasis>
* wildcarded.
*
* Return value: text direction this source matches
**/
GtkTextDirection
gtk_icon_source_get_direction (const GtkIconSource *source)
{
g_return_val_if_fail (source != NULL, 0);
return source->direction;
}
/**
* gtk_icon_source_get_state:
* @source: a #GtkIconSource
*
* Obtains the widget state this icon source applies to. The return
Doc typo fix. (#68172) * gtk/gtksocket.c (gtk_socket_get_id): Doc typo fix. (#68172) * gtk/gtktreemodel.c (gtk_tree_path_is_descendant): Fix docs. * gtk/gtktreemodel.c (gtk_tree_model_rows_reordered): Document. * gtk/gtkwindow.c (gtk_window_remove_accel_group): Fix docs. * gtk/gtkrc.c (gtk_rc_get_style_by_paths), gtk/gtkwidget.c (gtk_widget_get_toplevel, gtk_widget_push_composite_child), gtk/gtkdialog.c (gtk_dialog_new_with_buttons, gtk_dialog_run): Keep gtk-doc from messing up the indentation of inline examples. * gtk/gtkmain.c, gtk/gtkrc.c: Consistently call g_getenv() instead of getenv(). * gtk/gtktreemodel.c, gtk/gtkaccelgroup.c, gtk/gtkclipboard.c, gtk/gtkdnd.c, gtk/gtkiconfactory.c, gtk/gtkrc.c, gtk/gtkstyle.c, gtk/gtkselection.c: Doc fixes. * gtk/gtkaccelmap.c (gtk_accel_map_add_filter, gtk_accel_map_foreach_unfiltered, gtk_accel_map_load_scanner): Document. * gtk/tmpl/gtksocket.sgml: Mention gtk_socket_get_id() instead of GTK_WINDOW_XWINDOW(). (#68172) * gtk/gtk-sections.txt: Move functions which are documented as "private" or "internal" into Private subsections. * gtk/tmpl/gtkdnd.sgml, gtk/tmpl/gtkobject.sgml, gtk/tmpl/gtkrc.sgml, gtk/tmpl/gtktooltips.sgml, gtk/tmpl/gtkwidget.sgml, gtk/tmpl/gtkclipboard.sgml, gtk/tmpl/gtkstyle.sgml, gtk/tmpl/gtkselection.sgml, gtk/tmpl/gtkfeatures.sgml: Minor markup fixes. * gtk/tmpl/gtksignal.sgml: Add link to GLib signal docs. * gtk/tmpl/gtkpreview.sgml, gtk/tmpl/gtktext.sgml, gtk/tmpl/gtktree.sgml: Remove "deprecated" from short desc. * gtk/tmpl/gtkrc.sgml: Correct names of default RC files.
2002-01-08 00:04:57 +00:00
* value is only useful/meaningful if the widget state is <emphasis>not</emphasis>
* wildcarded.
*
* Return value: widget state this source matches
**/
GtkStateType
gtk_icon_source_get_state (const GtkIconSource *source)
{
g_return_val_if_fail (source != NULL, 0);
return source->state;
}
/**
* gtk_icon_source_get_size:
* @source: a #GtkIconSource
*
* Obtains the icon size this source applies to. The return value
Doc typo fix. (#68172) * gtk/gtksocket.c (gtk_socket_get_id): Doc typo fix. (#68172) * gtk/gtktreemodel.c (gtk_tree_path_is_descendant): Fix docs. * gtk/gtktreemodel.c (gtk_tree_model_rows_reordered): Document. * gtk/gtkwindow.c (gtk_window_remove_accel_group): Fix docs. * gtk/gtkrc.c (gtk_rc_get_style_by_paths), gtk/gtkwidget.c (gtk_widget_get_toplevel, gtk_widget_push_composite_child), gtk/gtkdialog.c (gtk_dialog_new_with_buttons, gtk_dialog_run): Keep gtk-doc from messing up the indentation of inline examples. * gtk/gtkmain.c, gtk/gtkrc.c: Consistently call g_getenv() instead of getenv(). * gtk/gtktreemodel.c, gtk/gtkaccelgroup.c, gtk/gtkclipboard.c, gtk/gtkdnd.c, gtk/gtkiconfactory.c, gtk/gtkrc.c, gtk/gtkstyle.c, gtk/gtkselection.c: Doc fixes. * gtk/gtkaccelmap.c (gtk_accel_map_add_filter, gtk_accel_map_foreach_unfiltered, gtk_accel_map_load_scanner): Document. * gtk/tmpl/gtksocket.sgml: Mention gtk_socket_get_id() instead of GTK_WINDOW_XWINDOW(). (#68172) * gtk/gtk-sections.txt: Move functions which are documented as "private" or "internal" into Private subsections. * gtk/tmpl/gtkdnd.sgml, gtk/tmpl/gtkobject.sgml, gtk/tmpl/gtkrc.sgml, gtk/tmpl/gtktooltips.sgml, gtk/tmpl/gtkwidget.sgml, gtk/tmpl/gtkclipboard.sgml, gtk/tmpl/gtkstyle.sgml, gtk/tmpl/gtkselection.sgml, gtk/tmpl/gtkfeatures.sgml: Minor markup fixes. * gtk/tmpl/gtksignal.sgml: Add link to GLib signal docs. * gtk/tmpl/gtkpreview.sgml, gtk/tmpl/gtktext.sgml, gtk/tmpl/gtktree.sgml: Remove "deprecated" from short desc. * gtk/tmpl/gtkrc.sgml: Correct names of default RC files.
2002-01-08 00:04:57 +00:00
* is only useful/meaningful if the icon size is <emphasis>not</emphasis> wildcarded.
*
* Return value: icon size this source matches.
**/
GtkIconSize
gtk_icon_source_get_size (const GtkIconSource *source)
{
g_return_val_if_fail (source != NULL, 0);
return source->size;
}
Move more text widget headers into the private header list 2000-09-26 Havoc Pennington <hp@redhat.com> * gtk/Makefile.am (gtk_private_h_sources): Move more text widget headers into the private header list * Makefile.am (pkgconfig_DATA): install pkg-config files * configure.in: add pkg-config files * gdk-2.0.pc.in, gdk-pixbuf.pc.in, gtk+-2.0.pc.in: pkg-config files * gtk/gtkwindow.c (gtk_window_read_rcfiles): Invalidate outstanding icon caches on theme change. * gtk/gtkiconfactory.h, gtk/gtkiconfactory.c: New icon system. Three important types: (GtkIconSource): Specification for creating a pixbuf appropriate for a direction/state/size triplet from a source pixbuf or filename (GtkIconSet): List of GtkIconSource objects that are used to create the "same" icon (e.g. an OK button icon), and cache for rendered icons (GtkIconFactory): Hash from stock ID to GtkIconSet; used to look up the icon set for a given stock ID. GTK maintains a stack of GtkIconFactory to search, and applications or libraries can add additional icon factories on top of the stack * gtk/gtkrc.h, gtk/gtkrc.c: When loading an RcStyle, parse the set of GtkIconSource specified for a given stock ID into a GtkIconSet, and put the GtkIconSet into a GtkIconFactory for the RcStyle, under the specified stock ID. * gtk/gtkstyle.h, gtk/gtkstyle.c: Add a virtual function render_icon used to derive a GdkPixbuf from a GtkIconSource. This allows people to theme how prelight, insensitive, etc. are done. (gtk_style_lookup_icon_set): Look up a stock ID in the list of icon factories for a style, and return the resulting icon set if any. (gtk_style_render_icon): Render an icon using the render_icon method in the GtkStyleClass. * gtk/gtkwidget.h, gtk/gtkwidget.c (gtk_widget_render_icon): Use the style for a given widget to look up a stock ID, get the icon set, and render an icon using the render_icon method of the style * gtk/gtkstock.h, gtk/gtkstock.c: Header with the GtkStockItem type (contains information about a stock item), the built-in stock item IDs, and functions to add/lookup stock items. * gtk/stock-icons/*: Stock icons that come with GTK * gtk/gtkbutton.h, gtk/gtkbutton.c (gtk_button_new_stock): Returns a button based on a GtkStockItem (gtk_button_new_accel): Takes a uline string and accel group, and installs the accelerator. * gtk/gtkimage.h, gtk/gtkimage.c: Make this into a generic image-display widget.
2000-09-26 20:22:17 +00:00
/* Note that the logical maximum is 20 per GtkTextDirection, so we could
* eventually set this to >20 to never throw anything out.
*/
#define NUM_CACHED_ICONS 8
typedef struct _CachedIcon CachedIcon;
struct _CachedIcon
{
/* These must all match to use the cached pixbuf.
* If any don't match, we must re-render the pixbuf.
*/
GtkStyle *style;
GtkTextDirection direction;
GtkStateType state;
GtkIconSize size;
Move more text widget headers into the private header list 2000-09-26 Havoc Pennington <hp@redhat.com> * gtk/Makefile.am (gtk_private_h_sources): Move more text widget headers into the private header list * Makefile.am (pkgconfig_DATA): install pkg-config files * configure.in: add pkg-config files * gdk-2.0.pc.in, gdk-pixbuf.pc.in, gtk+-2.0.pc.in: pkg-config files * gtk/gtkwindow.c (gtk_window_read_rcfiles): Invalidate outstanding icon caches on theme change. * gtk/gtkiconfactory.h, gtk/gtkiconfactory.c: New icon system. Three important types: (GtkIconSource): Specification for creating a pixbuf appropriate for a direction/state/size triplet from a source pixbuf or filename (GtkIconSet): List of GtkIconSource objects that are used to create the "same" icon (e.g. an OK button icon), and cache for rendered icons (GtkIconFactory): Hash from stock ID to GtkIconSet; used to look up the icon set for a given stock ID. GTK maintains a stack of GtkIconFactory to search, and applications or libraries can add additional icon factories on top of the stack * gtk/gtkrc.h, gtk/gtkrc.c: When loading an RcStyle, parse the set of GtkIconSource specified for a given stock ID into a GtkIconSet, and put the GtkIconSet into a GtkIconFactory for the RcStyle, under the specified stock ID. * gtk/gtkstyle.h, gtk/gtkstyle.c: Add a virtual function render_icon used to derive a GdkPixbuf from a GtkIconSource. This allows people to theme how prelight, insensitive, etc. are done. (gtk_style_lookup_icon_set): Look up a stock ID in the list of icon factories for a style, and return the resulting icon set if any. (gtk_style_render_icon): Render an icon using the render_icon method in the GtkStyleClass. * gtk/gtkwidget.h, gtk/gtkwidget.c (gtk_widget_render_icon): Use the style for a given widget to look up a stock ID, get the icon set, and render an icon using the render_icon method of the style * gtk/gtkstock.h, gtk/gtkstock.c: Header with the GtkStockItem type (contains information about a stock item), the built-in stock item IDs, and functions to add/lookup stock items. * gtk/stock-icons/*: Stock icons that come with GTK * gtk/gtkbutton.h, gtk/gtkbutton.c (gtk_button_new_stock): Returns a button based on a GtkStockItem (gtk_button_new_accel): Takes a uline string and accel group, and installs the accelerator. * gtk/gtkimage.h, gtk/gtkimage.c: Make this into a generic image-display widget.
2000-09-26 20:22:17 +00:00
GdkPixbuf *pixbuf;
};
static void
ensure_cache_up_to_date (GtkIconSet *icon_set)
{
if (icon_set->cache_serial != cache_serial)
clear_cache (icon_set, TRUE);
}
static void
cached_icon_free (CachedIcon *icon)
{
g_object_unref (G_OBJECT (icon->pixbuf));
g_free (icon);
}
static GdkPixbuf *
find_in_cache (GtkIconSet *icon_set,
GtkStyle *style,
GtkTextDirection direction,
GtkStateType state,
GtkIconSize size)
Move more text widget headers into the private header list 2000-09-26 Havoc Pennington <hp@redhat.com> * gtk/Makefile.am (gtk_private_h_sources): Move more text widget headers into the private header list * Makefile.am (pkgconfig_DATA): install pkg-config files * configure.in: add pkg-config files * gdk-2.0.pc.in, gdk-pixbuf.pc.in, gtk+-2.0.pc.in: pkg-config files * gtk/gtkwindow.c (gtk_window_read_rcfiles): Invalidate outstanding icon caches on theme change. * gtk/gtkiconfactory.h, gtk/gtkiconfactory.c: New icon system. Three important types: (GtkIconSource): Specification for creating a pixbuf appropriate for a direction/state/size triplet from a source pixbuf or filename (GtkIconSet): List of GtkIconSource objects that are used to create the "same" icon (e.g. an OK button icon), and cache for rendered icons (GtkIconFactory): Hash from stock ID to GtkIconSet; used to look up the icon set for a given stock ID. GTK maintains a stack of GtkIconFactory to search, and applications or libraries can add additional icon factories on top of the stack * gtk/gtkrc.h, gtk/gtkrc.c: When loading an RcStyle, parse the set of GtkIconSource specified for a given stock ID into a GtkIconSet, and put the GtkIconSet into a GtkIconFactory for the RcStyle, under the specified stock ID. * gtk/gtkstyle.h, gtk/gtkstyle.c: Add a virtual function render_icon used to derive a GdkPixbuf from a GtkIconSource. This allows people to theme how prelight, insensitive, etc. are done. (gtk_style_lookup_icon_set): Look up a stock ID in the list of icon factories for a style, and return the resulting icon set if any. (gtk_style_render_icon): Render an icon using the render_icon method in the GtkStyleClass. * gtk/gtkwidget.h, gtk/gtkwidget.c (gtk_widget_render_icon): Use the style for a given widget to look up a stock ID, get the icon set, and render an icon using the render_icon method of the style * gtk/gtkstock.h, gtk/gtkstock.c: Header with the GtkStockItem type (contains information about a stock item), the built-in stock item IDs, and functions to add/lookup stock items. * gtk/stock-icons/*: Stock icons that come with GTK * gtk/gtkbutton.h, gtk/gtkbutton.c (gtk_button_new_stock): Returns a button based on a GtkStockItem (gtk_button_new_accel): Takes a uline string and accel group, and installs the accelerator. * gtk/gtkimage.h, gtk/gtkimage.c: Make this into a generic image-display widget.
2000-09-26 20:22:17 +00:00
{
GSList *tmp_list;
GSList *prev;
ensure_cache_up_to_date (icon_set);
prev = NULL;
tmp_list = icon_set->cache;
while (tmp_list != NULL)
{
CachedIcon *icon = tmp_list->data;
if (icon->style == style &&
icon->direction == direction &&
icon->state == state &&
icon->size == size)
Move more text widget headers into the private header list 2000-09-26 Havoc Pennington <hp@redhat.com> * gtk/Makefile.am (gtk_private_h_sources): Move more text widget headers into the private header list * Makefile.am (pkgconfig_DATA): install pkg-config files * configure.in: add pkg-config files * gdk-2.0.pc.in, gdk-pixbuf.pc.in, gtk+-2.0.pc.in: pkg-config files * gtk/gtkwindow.c (gtk_window_read_rcfiles): Invalidate outstanding icon caches on theme change. * gtk/gtkiconfactory.h, gtk/gtkiconfactory.c: New icon system. Three important types: (GtkIconSource): Specification for creating a pixbuf appropriate for a direction/state/size triplet from a source pixbuf or filename (GtkIconSet): List of GtkIconSource objects that are used to create the "same" icon (e.g. an OK button icon), and cache for rendered icons (GtkIconFactory): Hash from stock ID to GtkIconSet; used to look up the icon set for a given stock ID. GTK maintains a stack of GtkIconFactory to search, and applications or libraries can add additional icon factories on top of the stack * gtk/gtkrc.h, gtk/gtkrc.c: When loading an RcStyle, parse the set of GtkIconSource specified for a given stock ID into a GtkIconSet, and put the GtkIconSet into a GtkIconFactory for the RcStyle, under the specified stock ID. * gtk/gtkstyle.h, gtk/gtkstyle.c: Add a virtual function render_icon used to derive a GdkPixbuf from a GtkIconSource. This allows people to theme how prelight, insensitive, etc. are done. (gtk_style_lookup_icon_set): Look up a stock ID in the list of icon factories for a style, and return the resulting icon set if any. (gtk_style_render_icon): Render an icon using the render_icon method in the GtkStyleClass. * gtk/gtkwidget.h, gtk/gtkwidget.c (gtk_widget_render_icon): Use the style for a given widget to look up a stock ID, get the icon set, and render an icon using the render_icon method of the style * gtk/gtkstock.h, gtk/gtkstock.c: Header with the GtkStockItem type (contains information about a stock item), the built-in stock item IDs, and functions to add/lookup stock items. * gtk/stock-icons/*: Stock icons that come with GTK * gtk/gtkbutton.h, gtk/gtkbutton.c (gtk_button_new_stock): Returns a button based on a GtkStockItem (gtk_button_new_accel): Takes a uline string and accel group, and installs the accelerator. * gtk/gtkimage.h, gtk/gtkimage.c: Make this into a generic image-display widget.
2000-09-26 20:22:17 +00:00
{
if (prev)
{
/* Move this icon to the front of the list. */
prev->next = tmp_list->next;
tmp_list->next = icon_set->cache;
icon_set->cache = tmp_list;
}
return icon->pixbuf;
}
prev = tmp_list;
tmp_list = g_slist_next (tmp_list);
}
return NULL;
}
static void
add_to_cache (GtkIconSet *icon_set,
GtkStyle *style,
GtkTextDirection direction,
GtkStateType state,
GtkIconSize size,
Move more text widget headers into the private header list 2000-09-26 Havoc Pennington <hp@redhat.com> * gtk/Makefile.am (gtk_private_h_sources): Move more text widget headers into the private header list * Makefile.am (pkgconfig_DATA): install pkg-config files * configure.in: add pkg-config files * gdk-2.0.pc.in, gdk-pixbuf.pc.in, gtk+-2.0.pc.in: pkg-config files * gtk/gtkwindow.c (gtk_window_read_rcfiles): Invalidate outstanding icon caches on theme change. * gtk/gtkiconfactory.h, gtk/gtkiconfactory.c: New icon system. Three important types: (GtkIconSource): Specification for creating a pixbuf appropriate for a direction/state/size triplet from a source pixbuf or filename (GtkIconSet): List of GtkIconSource objects that are used to create the "same" icon (e.g. an OK button icon), and cache for rendered icons (GtkIconFactory): Hash from stock ID to GtkIconSet; used to look up the icon set for a given stock ID. GTK maintains a stack of GtkIconFactory to search, and applications or libraries can add additional icon factories on top of the stack * gtk/gtkrc.h, gtk/gtkrc.c: When loading an RcStyle, parse the set of GtkIconSource specified for a given stock ID into a GtkIconSet, and put the GtkIconSet into a GtkIconFactory for the RcStyle, under the specified stock ID. * gtk/gtkstyle.h, gtk/gtkstyle.c: Add a virtual function render_icon used to derive a GdkPixbuf from a GtkIconSource. This allows people to theme how prelight, insensitive, etc. are done. (gtk_style_lookup_icon_set): Look up a stock ID in the list of icon factories for a style, and return the resulting icon set if any. (gtk_style_render_icon): Render an icon using the render_icon method in the GtkStyleClass. * gtk/gtkwidget.h, gtk/gtkwidget.c (gtk_widget_render_icon): Use the style for a given widget to look up a stock ID, get the icon set, and render an icon using the render_icon method of the style * gtk/gtkstock.h, gtk/gtkstock.c: Header with the GtkStockItem type (contains information about a stock item), the built-in stock item IDs, and functions to add/lookup stock items. * gtk/stock-icons/*: Stock icons that come with GTK * gtk/gtkbutton.h, gtk/gtkbutton.c (gtk_button_new_stock): Returns a button based on a GtkStockItem (gtk_button_new_accel): Takes a uline string and accel group, and installs the accelerator. * gtk/gtkimage.h, gtk/gtkimage.c: Make this into a generic image-display widget.
2000-09-26 20:22:17 +00:00
GdkPixbuf *pixbuf)
{
CachedIcon *icon;
ensure_cache_up_to_date (icon_set);
g_object_ref (G_OBJECT (pixbuf));
/* We have to ref the style, since if the style was finalized
* its address could be reused by another style, creating a
* really weird bug
*/
if (style)
g_object_ref (G_OBJECT (style));
icon = g_new (CachedIcon, 1);
icon_set->cache = g_slist_prepend (icon_set->cache, icon);
icon->style = style;
icon->direction = direction;
icon->state = state;
icon->size = size;
Move more text widget headers into the private header list 2000-09-26 Havoc Pennington <hp@redhat.com> * gtk/Makefile.am (gtk_private_h_sources): Move more text widget headers into the private header list * Makefile.am (pkgconfig_DATA): install pkg-config files * configure.in: add pkg-config files * gdk-2.0.pc.in, gdk-pixbuf.pc.in, gtk+-2.0.pc.in: pkg-config files * gtk/gtkwindow.c (gtk_window_read_rcfiles): Invalidate outstanding icon caches on theme change. * gtk/gtkiconfactory.h, gtk/gtkiconfactory.c: New icon system. Three important types: (GtkIconSource): Specification for creating a pixbuf appropriate for a direction/state/size triplet from a source pixbuf or filename (GtkIconSet): List of GtkIconSource objects that are used to create the "same" icon (e.g. an OK button icon), and cache for rendered icons (GtkIconFactory): Hash from stock ID to GtkIconSet; used to look up the icon set for a given stock ID. GTK maintains a stack of GtkIconFactory to search, and applications or libraries can add additional icon factories on top of the stack * gtk/gtkrc.h, gtk/gtkrc.c: When loading an RcStyle, parse the set of GtkIconSource specified for a given stock ID into a GtkIconSet, and put the GtkIconSet into a GtkIconFactory for the RcStyle, under the specified stock ID. * gtk/gtkstyle.h, gtk/gtkstyle.c: Add a virtual function render_icon used to derive a GdkPixbuf from a GtkIconSource. This allows people to theme how prelight, insensitive, etc. are done. (gtk_style_lookup_icon_set): Look up a stock ID in the list of icon factories for a style, and return the resulting icon set if any. (gtk_style_render_icon): Render an icon using the render_icon method in the GtkStyleClass. * gtk/gtkwidget.h, gtk/gtkwidget.c (gtk_widget_render_icon): Use the style for a given widget to look up a stock ID, get the icon set, and render an icon using the render_icon method of the style * gtk/gtkstock.h, gtk/gtkstock.c: Header with the GtkStockItem type (contains information about a stock item), the built-in stock item IDs, and functions to add/lookup stock items. * gtk/stock-icons/*: Stock icons that come with GTK * gtk/gtkbutton.h, gtk/gtkbutton.c (gtk_button_new_stock): Returns a button based on a GtkStockItem (gtk_button_new_accel): Takes a uline string and accel group, and installs the accelerator. * gtk/gtkimage.h, gtk/gtkimage.c: Make this into a generic image-display widget.
2000-09-26 20:22:17 +00:00
icon->pixbuf = pixbuf;
if (icon->style)
attach_to_style (icon_set, icon->style);
if (icon_set->cache_size >= NUM_CACHED_ICONS)
{
/* Remove oldest item in the cache */
GSList *tmp_list;
tmp_list = icon_set->cache;
/* Find next-to-last link */
g_assert (NUM_CACHED_ICONS > 2);
while (tmp_list->next->next)
tmp_list = tmp_list->next;
g_assert (tmp_list != NULL);
g_assert (tmp_list->next != NULL);
g_assert (tmp_list->next->next == NULL);
/* Free the last icon */
icon = tmp_list->next->data;
g_slist_free (tmp_list->next);
tmp_list->next = NULL;
cached_icon_free (icon);
}
}
static void
clear_cache (GtkIconSet *icon_set,
gboolean style_detach)
{
GSList *tmp_list;
GtkStyle *last_style = NULL;
tmp_list = icon_set->cache;
while (tmp_list != NULL)
{
CachedIcon *icon = tmp_list->data;
if (style_detach)
{
/* simple optimization for the case where the cache
* contains contiguous icons from the same style.
* it's safe to call detach_from_style more than
* once on the same style though.
*/
if (last_style != icon->style)
{
detach_from_style (icon_set, icon->style);
last_style = icon->style;
}
}
cached_icon_free (icon);
tmp_list = g_slist_next (tmp_list);
}
g_slist_free (icon_set->cache);
icon_set->cache = NULL;
icon_set->cache_size = 0;
}
static GSList*
copy_cache (GtkIconSet *icon_set,
GtkIconSet *copy_recipient)
{
GSList *tmp_list;
GSList *copy = NULL;
ensure_cache_up_to_date (icon_set);
tmp_list = icon_set->cache;
while (tmp_list != NULL)
{
CachedIcon *icon = tmp_list->data;
CachedIcon *icon_copy = g_new (CachedIcon, 1);
*icon_copy = *icon;
if (icon_copy->style)
attach_to_style (copy_recipient, icon_copy->style);
g_object_ref (G_OBJECT (icon_copy->pixbuf));
icon_copy->size = icon->size;
Move more text widget headers into the private header list 2000-09-26 Havoc Pennington <hp@redhat.com> * gtk/Makefile.am (gtk_private_h_sources): Move more text widget headers into the private header list * Makefile.am (pkgconfig_DATA): install pkg-config files * configure.in: add pkg-config files * gdk-2.0.pc.in, gdk-pixbuf.pc.in, gtk+-2.0.pc.in: pkg-config files * gtk/gtkwindow.c (gtk_window_read_rcfiles): Invalidate outstanding icon caches on theme change. * gtk/gtkiconfactory.h, gtk/gtkiconfactory.c: New icon system. Three important types: (GtkIconSource): Specification for creating a pixbuf appropriate for a direction/state/size triplet from a source pixbuf or filename (GtkIconSet): List of GtkIconSource objects that are used to create the "same" icon (e.g. an OK button icon), and cache for rendered icons (GtkIconFactory): Hash from stock ID to GtkIconSet; used to look up the icon set for a given stock ID. GTK maintains a stack of GtkIconFactory to search, and applications or libraries can add additional icon factories on top of the stack * gtk/gtkrc.h, gtk/gtkrc.c: When loading an RcStyle, parse the set of GtkIconSource specified for a given stock ID into a GtkIconSet, and put the GtkIconSet into a GtkIconFactory for the RcStyle, under the specified stock ID. * gtk/gtkstyle.h, gtk/gtkstyle.c: Add a virtual function render_icon used to derive a GdkPixbuf from a GtkIconSource. This allows people to theme how prelight, insensitive, etc. are done. (gtk_style_lookup_icon_set): Look up a stock ID in the list of icon factories for a style, and return the resulting icon set if any. (gtk_style_render_icon): Render an icon using the render_icon method in the GtkStyleClass. * gtk/gtkwidget.h, gtk/gtkwidget.c (gtk_widget_render_icon): Use the style for a given widget to look up a stock ID, get the icon set, and render an icon using the render_icon method of the style * gtk/gtkstock.h, gtk/gtkstock.c: Header with the GtkStockItem type (contains information about a stock item), the built-in stock item IDs, and functions to add/lookup stock items. * gtk/stock-icons/*: Stock icons that come with GTK * gtk/gtkbutton.h, gtk/gtkbutton.c (gtk_button_new_stock): Returns a button based on a GtkStockItem (gtk_button_new_accel): Takes a uline string and accel group, and installs the accelerator. * gtk/gtkimage.h, gtk/gtkimage.c: Make this into a generic image-display widget.
2000-09-26 20:22:17 +00:00
copy = g_slist_prepend (copy, icon_copy);
tmp_list = g_slist_next (tmp_list);
}
return g_slist_reverse (copy);
}
static void
attach_to_style (GtkIconSet *icon_set,
GtkStyle *style)
{
GHashTable *table;
table = g_object_get_qdata (G_OBJECT (style),
g_quark_try_string ("gtk-style-icon-sets"));
if (table == NULL)
{
table = g_hash_table_new (NULL, NULL);
g_object_set_qdata_full (G_OBJECT (style),
g_quark_from_static_string ("gtk-style-icon-sets"),
table,
style_dnotify);
}
g_hash_table_insert (table, icon_set, icon_set);
}
static void
detach_from_style (GtkIconSet *icon_set,
GtkStyle *style)
{
GHashTable *table;
table = g_object_get_qdata (G_OBJECT (style),
g_quark_try_string ("gtk-style-icon-sets"));
if (table != NULL)
g_hash_table_remove (table, icon_set);
}
static void
iconsets_foreach (gpointer key,
gpointer value,
gpointer user_data)
{
GtkIconSet *icon_set = key;
/* We only need to remove cache entries for the given style;
* but that complicates things because in destroy notify
* we don't know which style got destroyed, and 95% of the
* time all cache entries will have the same style,
* so this is faster anyway.
*/
clear_cache (icon_set, FALSE);
}
static void
style_dnotify (gpointer data)
{
GHashTable *table = data;
g_hash_table_foreach (table, iconsets_foreach, NULL);
g_hash_table_destroy (table);
}
/* This allows the icon set to detect that its cache is out of date. */
void
_gtk_icon_set_invalidate_caches (void)
{
++cache_serial;
}
static void
listify_foreach (gpointer key, gpointer value, gpointer data)
{
GSList **list = data;
*list = g_slist_prepend (*list, key);
}
static GSList *
g_hash_table_get_keys (GHashTable *table)
{
GSList *list = NULL;
g_hash_table_foreach (table, listify_foreach, &list);
return list;
}
/**
* _gtk_icon_factory_list_ids:
*
* Gets all known IDs stored in an existing icon factory.
* The strings in the returned list aren't copied.
* The list itself should be freed.
*
* Return value: List of ids in icon factories
**/
GSList*
_gtk_icon_factory_list_ids (void)
{
GSList *tmp_list;
GSList *ids;
ids = NULL;
ensure_default_icons ();
tmp_list = all_icon_factories;
while (tmp_list != NULL)
{
GSList *these_ids;
GtkIconFactory *factory = GTK_ICON_FACTORY (tmp_list->data);
these_ids = g_hash_table_get_keys (factory->icons);
ids = g_slist_concat (ids, these_ids);
tmp_list = g_slist_next (tmp_list);
}
return ids;
}